1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
70 #include "thread-fsm.h"
71 #include "tid-parse.h"
73 /* readline include files */
74 #include "readline/readline.h"
75 #include "readline/history.h"
77 /* readline defines this. */
80 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
81 #include "extension.h"
83 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
84 #include "common/array-view.h"
86 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
87 enum exception_event_kind
94 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
96 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
100 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
102 static void disable_command (char *, int);
104 static void enable_command (char *, int);
106 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
107 void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
111 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
113 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
115 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
118 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
119 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
120 enum bptype type_wanted
);
122 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
123 struct linespec_result
*,
124 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
125 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
127 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
129 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
130 int, int, int, unsigned);
132 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
133 (struct breakpoint
*b
, const struct event_location
*location
,
134 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
136 static void clear_command (char *, int);
138 static void catch_command (char *, int);
140 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
142 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
144 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
146 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
148 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
149 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
150 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
152 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
154 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
155 struct symtab_and_line
,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
159 static struct breakpoint
*
160 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
162 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
165 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
167 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
171 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
172 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
173 struct obj_section
*, int);
175 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
176 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
178 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
179 struct address_space
*aspace
,
182 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
183 struct address_space
*,
186 static void info_breakpoints_command (char *, int);
188 static void info_watchpoints_command (char *, int);
190 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
191 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
193 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
195 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
197 static void commands_command (char *, int);
199 static void condition_command (char *, int);
201 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
202 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
204 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
206 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
208 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
210 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
212 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
214 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
216 int *other_type_used
);
218 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
220 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
222 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
225 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
227 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
231 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
233 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
234 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
235 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
237 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
239 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
240 insert locations now. */
241 enum ugll_insert_mode
243 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
244 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
245 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
246 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
247 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
248 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
249 returns true on them.
251 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
252 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
253 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
254 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
255 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
256 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
260 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
261 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
264 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
265 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
266 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
267 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
268 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
269 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
270 as no thread is running yet. */
274 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
276 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
278 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
280 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
282 static void info_tracepoints_command (char *, int);
284 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
286 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
288 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
290 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
292 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
294 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
296 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
298 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
301 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
303 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
304 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
305 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
306 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
308 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
309 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
311 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
312 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
314 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
316 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
318 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
319 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
321 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
322 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
324 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
325 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
326 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
327 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
328 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
329 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
331 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
332 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
333 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
334 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
340 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
342 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
343 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
344 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
345 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
347 static char *dprintf_function
;
349 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
350 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
351 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
352 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
353 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
354 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
355 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
357 static char *dprintf_channel
;
359 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
361 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
363 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
364 breakpoints share a single command list. */
365 struct counted_command_line
367 /* The reference count. */
370 /* The command list. */
371 struct command_line
*commands
;
374 struct command_line
*
375 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
377 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
380 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
381 current breakpoint. */
383 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
386 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
388 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
389 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
391 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
393 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
396 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
397 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
398 if such is available. */
399 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
402 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
403 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
406 fprintf_filtered (file
,
407 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
408 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
412 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
413 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
414 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
415 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
416 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
418 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
419 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
422 fprintf_filtered (file
,
423 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
424 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
428 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
429 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
430 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
431 use hardware breakpoints. */
432 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
434 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
435 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
438 fprintf_filtered (file
,
439 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
443 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
444 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
445 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
446 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
447 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
448 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
449 processing user input. */
450 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
453 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
454 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
456 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
460 /* See breakpoint.h. */
463 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
465 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
467 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
468 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
469 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
472 else if (target_has_execution
)
474 struct thread_info
*tp
;
476 if (always_inserted_mode
)
478 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
483 if (threads_are_executing ())
486 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
487 stopped, we still have events to process. */
488 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
490 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
496 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
498 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
499 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
500 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
501 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
502 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
503 condition_evaluation_auto
,
504 condition_evaluation_host
,
505 condition_evaluation_target
,
509 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
510 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
512 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
513 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
514 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
516 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
517 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
518 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
522 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
524 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
526 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
527 return condition_evaluation_target
;
529 return condition_evaluation_host
;
535 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
538 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
540 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
543 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
547 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
549 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
551 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
554 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
556 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
557 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
559 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
560 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
562 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
563 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
565 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
566 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
567 current breakpoint. */
569 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
571 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
572 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
573 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
576 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
577 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
578 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
580 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
581 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
582 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
585 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
586 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
587 to where the loop should start from.
588 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
589 appropriate location to start with. */
591 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
592 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
593 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
595 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
596 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
599 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
601 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
602 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
603 if (is_tracepoint (B))
605 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
607 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
609 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
611 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
613 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
615 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
617 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
618 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
619 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
620 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
621 an address you need to read. */
623 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
625 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
626 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
627 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
628 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
629 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
631 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
633 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
634 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
635 reported by a target. */
636 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
638 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
640 static int breakpoint_count
;
642 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
643 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
644 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
645 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
646 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
648 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
650 static int tracepoint_count
;
652 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
653 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
654 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
656 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
659 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
662 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
666 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
673 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
675 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
677 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
680 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
683 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
685 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
686 breakpoint_count
= num
;
687 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
690 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
691 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
692 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
694 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
698 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
700 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
703 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
707 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
709 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
712 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
715 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
717 struct breakpoint
*b
;
723 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
724 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
726 static struct counted_command_line
*
727 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
729 struct counted_command_line
*result
= XNEW (struct counted_command_line
);
732 result
->commands
= commands
;
737 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
740 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
746 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
747 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
748 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
751 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
755 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
757 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
764 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
767 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
769 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line
**) arg
);
772 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
775 static struct cleanup
*
776 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
778 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
782 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
783 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
786 get_breakpoint (int num
)
788 struct breakpoint
*b
;
791 if (b
->number
== num
)
799 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
800 evaluating conditions on its side. */
803 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
805 struct bp_location
*loc
;
807 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
808 evaluating conditions and if the user has
809 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
811 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
812 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
815 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
818 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
819 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
822 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
823 evaluating conditions on its side. */
826 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
828 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
829 evaluating conditions and if the user has
830 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
832 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
833 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
837 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
840 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
843 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
844 condition_evaluation_mode. */
847 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
848 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
850 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
852 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
853 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
855 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
856 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
857 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
861 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
862 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
864 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
865 settings was "auto". */
866 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
868 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
869 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
871 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
872 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
873 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
875 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
876 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
879 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
881 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
883 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
884 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
888 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
889 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
890 target knows about. */
891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
892 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
893 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
897 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
903 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
904 what "auto" is translating to. */
907 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
908 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
910 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
911 fprintf_filtered (file
,
912 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
913 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
915 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
917 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
921 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
922 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
923 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
926 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
928 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
929 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
931 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
934 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
937 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
938 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
939 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
942 static struct bp_location
**
943 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
945 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
946 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
947 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
949 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
950 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
952 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
953 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
954 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
955 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
956 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
958 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
959 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
962 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
963 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
964 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
965 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
972 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
975 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
976 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
978 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
980 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
982 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
986 struct bp_location
*loc
;
988 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
992 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
993 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
994 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1001 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1005 const char *arg
= exp
;
1007 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1008 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1009 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1010 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1012 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1014 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1016 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1018 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1020 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1021 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1025 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1027 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1031 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1032 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1034 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1038 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1040 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1043 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1046 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1047 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
1048 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1052 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1053 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1057 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1058 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1062 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1063 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
1064 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
1068 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1069 len
= strlen (text
);
1075 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1077 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1079 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> copy (xstrdup (number
));
1080 tracker
.add_completion (std::move (copy
));
1087 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1088 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1089 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
1092 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1095 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1097 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1102 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1105 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1107 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1110 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1112 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1113 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1114 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1115 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1116 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1118 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1120 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1121 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1122 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1124 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1126 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1127 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1132 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1135 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1136 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1137 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1140 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1142 struct command_line
*c
;
1144 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1148 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1149 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1150 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1152 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1153 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1155 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1156 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1157 command directly. */
1158 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1159 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1161 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1162 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1166 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1168 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1171 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1174 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1176 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1177 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1178 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1182 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1184 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1188 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1190 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1193 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1196 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1197 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1201 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1202 b
= new tracepoint ();
1203 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1204 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1206 b
= new breakpoint ();
1208 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1211 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1212 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1216 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1217 struct command_line
*commands
)
1219 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1221 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1222 struct command_line
*c
;
1223 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1225 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1226 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1230 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1231 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1232 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1233 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1234 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1235 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1236 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1237 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1238 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1239 tracepoint's context. */
1240 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1242 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1244 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1245 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1246 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1247 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1248 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1249 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1252 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1253 "can be used only once"));
1258 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1262 struct command_line
*c2
;
1264 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1265 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1266 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1268 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1269 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1275 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1279 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1280 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1283 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1285 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1286 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1287 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1290 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1292 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1293 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1294 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1300 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1301 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1304 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1305 command_line_up
&&commands
)
1307 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1309 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1310 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
.release ());
1311 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1314 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1315 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1319 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1321 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1324 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1325 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1328 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1329 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1332 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1334 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1337 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1338 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1341 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1342 breakpoint work for any task. */
1345 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1347 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1350 if (old_task
!= task
)
1351 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1355 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1357 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1359 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1362 /* A structure used to pass information through
1363 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1365 struct commands_info
1367 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1370 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1373 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1374 already-parsed command. */
1375 struct command_line
*control
;
1377 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1379 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1382 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1383 commands_command. */
1386 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1388 struct commands_info
*info
= (struct commands_info
*) data
;
1390 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1394 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1395 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1398 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1401 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1402 "%s, one per line."),
1405 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1407 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1410 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1413 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1416 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
.release ());
1419 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1421 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1423 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1424 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1425 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1426 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1427 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1432 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1433 struct command_line
*control
)
1435 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1436 struct commands_info info
;
1438 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1439 info
.control
= control
;
1441 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1442 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1443 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1445 std::string new_arg
;
1447 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1449 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1450 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1452 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1453 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1458 info
.arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1460 map_breakpoint_numbers (info
.arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1462 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1463 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1465 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1469 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1471 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1474 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1475 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1477 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1478 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1479 enum command_control_type
1480 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1482 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1483 return simple_control
;
1486 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1489 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1491 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1495 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1496 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1501 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1502 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1505 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1506 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1507 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1510 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1511 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1512 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1513 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1514 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1516 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1517 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1521 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1522 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1524 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1528 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1530 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1531 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1533 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1535 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1540 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1542 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1547 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1548 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1550 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1551 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1552 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1556 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1558 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1559 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1562 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1564 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1565 shadow_contents buffer. */
1566 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1567 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1568 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1570 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1572 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1573 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1577 const unsigned char *bp
;
1578 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1581 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1582 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1583 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1585 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1587 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1589 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1590 breakpoint's INSN. */
1591 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1595 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1596 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1598 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1599 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1600 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1602 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1603 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1604 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1605 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1606 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1607 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1608 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1609 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1611 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1614 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1615 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1616 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1618 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1620 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1622 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1623 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1624 report higher one. */
1627 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1628 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1630 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1632 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1633 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1635 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1636 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1637 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1638 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1640 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1641 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1642 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1644 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1646 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1653 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1654 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1655 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1656 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1657 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1660 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1662 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1663 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1664 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1667 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1670 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1672 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1674 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1676 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1677 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1678 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1681 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1684 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1685 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1686 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1689 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1692 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1693 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1699 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1703 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1705 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1706 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1707 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1710 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1713 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1715 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1716 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1717 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1720 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1724 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1726 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1727 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1730 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1731 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1732 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1733 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1734 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1735 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1736 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1737 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1740 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1742 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1743 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1744 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1745 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1748 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1749 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1752 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1754 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1756 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1757 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1758 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1759 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1760 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1762 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1765 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1768 static struct value
*
1769 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1771 struct value
*bit_val
;
1776 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1778 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1781 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1788 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1789 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1790 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1791 to be able to report stops. */
1794 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1795 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1797 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1799 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1800 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1801 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1802 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1805 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1806 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1809 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1811 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1813 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1814 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1815 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1818 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1819 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1820 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1821 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1823 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1825 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1826 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1829 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1830 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1831 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1832 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1833 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1834 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1835 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1836 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1838 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1839 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1840 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1841 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1842 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1843 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1844 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1845 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1848 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1849 hardware watchpoints:
1851 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1852 called several times when GDB stops.
1855 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1856 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1857 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1858 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1859 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1860 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1861 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1862 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1863 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1864 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1865 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1867 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1868 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1871 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1873 int within_current_scope
;
1874 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1877 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1878 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1879 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1880 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1883 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1888 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1889 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1890 within_current_scope
= 1;
1893 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1894 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1895 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1897 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1898 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1899 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1900 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1901 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1904 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1905 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1906 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1907 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1910 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1912 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1913 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1914 if (within_current_scope
)
1918 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1919 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1920 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1923 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1928 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1929 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1930 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1931 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1932 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1933 be completely different objects. */
1934 value_free (b
->val
);
1938 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1939 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1940 locations (re)created below. */
1941 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1943 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1946 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1950 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1951 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1952 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1953 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1954 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1955 if (!target_has_execution
)
1957 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1958 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1959 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1960 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1962 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1963 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1965 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1966 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1969 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1972 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1973 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1975 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1977 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1978 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1979 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1980 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1981 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1983 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1985 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1987 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1995 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1997 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1998 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
2000 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
2001 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
2002 must watch it. If the first value returned is
2003 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
2004 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
2005 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
2006 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
2008 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
2010 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
2011 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
2012 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
2014 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2015 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
2018 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
2019 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
2020 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
2022 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
2024 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
2026 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
2027 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
2029 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2031 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2032 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2033 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2034 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2035 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2038 addr
= value_address (v
);
2041 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2046 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2048 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2051 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
2052 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2055 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2057 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2058 loc
->address
= addr
;
2062 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2063 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2066 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2068 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2073 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2074 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2075 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2080 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2081 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2083 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2087 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2090 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2091 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2092 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2094 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2095 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2096 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2097 this watchpoint in as well. */
2099 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2100 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2101 hardware watchpoint type. */
2103 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2104 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2106 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2107 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2108 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2109 through watch_command), so always account for it
2112 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2113 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2115 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2116 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
2119 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2120 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2122 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
2124 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2125 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2126 "hardware watchpoint."));
2127 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2128 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2129 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2131 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2132 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2136 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2137 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2138 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2143 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
2145 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2146 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2147 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2149 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2150 "read/access watchpoint."));
2153 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2155 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2156 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2157 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2158 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2161 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2163 next
= value_next (v
);
2168 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2169 above left it without any location set up. But,
2170 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2171 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2172 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
2173 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
2175 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2177 printf_filtered (_("\
2178 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2179 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2181 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2184 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2186 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2190 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2191 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2192 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2193 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2194 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2196 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2198 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2201 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2204 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2207 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2210 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2211 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2212 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2213 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2214 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2215 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2216 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2217 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2218 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2221 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2222 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2223 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2225 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2226 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2227 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2229 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2230 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2231 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2232 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2233 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2234 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2235 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2236 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2237 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2241 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2242 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2243 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2244 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2249 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2250 instruction that triggered one. */
2251 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2252 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2256 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2257 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2258 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2259 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2268 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2269 that the location is not duplicated. */
2272 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2275 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2278 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2279 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2283 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2284 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2285 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2286 any error during parsing. */
2288 static agent_expr_up
2289 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2294 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2296 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2297 that may show up. */
2300 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2303 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2305 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2306 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2307 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2311 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2315 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2316 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2317 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2318 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2319 one of them is true. */
2322 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2324 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2325 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2326 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2327 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2329 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2330 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2332 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2333 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2334 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2336 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2337 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2340 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2341 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2342 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2343 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2344 response back to GDB. */
2345 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2348 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2352 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2353 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2354 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2355 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2356 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2360 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2361 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2362 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2364 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2370 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2371 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2372 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2374 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2375 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2376 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2378 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2381 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2383 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2385 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2388 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2393 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2394 for this location's address. */
2395 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2399 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2400 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2401 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2404 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2405 to send the conditions to the target. */
2406 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2413 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2414 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2415 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2417 static agent_expr_up
2418 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2420 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2421 struct expression
**argvec
;
2422 const char *cmdrest
;
2423 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2424 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2426 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2433 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2435 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2437 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2438 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2440 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2442 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2444 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2446 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2448 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2449 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2451 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2453 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2454 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2456 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2458 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2460 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2462 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2463 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2466 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2471 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2472 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
.release ();
2474 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2478 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2480 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2481 that may show up. */
2484 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2485 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2486 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2488 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2490 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2491 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2492 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2496 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2498 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2502 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2503 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2504 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2507 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2509 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2510 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2511 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2512 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2514 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2515 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2517 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2520 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2521 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2524 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2525 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2526 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2528 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2531 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2532 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2533 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2537 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2538 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2539 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2540 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2541 response back to GDB. */
2542 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2545 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2549 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2550 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2551 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2552 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2554 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2555 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2558 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2559 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2560 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2562 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2568 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2570 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2572 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2575 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2576 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2578 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2580 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2583 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2588 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2589 for this location's address. */
2590 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2593 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2594 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2595 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2596 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2599 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2600 to send the commands to the target. */
2601 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2605 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2606 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2607 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2608 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2611 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2612 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2613 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2617 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2619 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2621 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2622 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2624 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
->ptid
);
2626 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2630 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2633 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2634 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2635 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2636 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2639 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2640 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2642 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2643 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2644 int *disabled_breaks
,
2645 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2646 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2648 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2649 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2651 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2654 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2655 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2656 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2657 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2658 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2659 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2660 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2661 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2662 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2663 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2664 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2665 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2667 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2668 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2669 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2670 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2672 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2674 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2675 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2676 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2677 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2680 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2681 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2683 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2685 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2686 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2687 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2689 Two important cases are:
2690 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2691 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2692 hardware breakpoint.
2693 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2694 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2695 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2698 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2699 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2700 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2701 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2703 struct mem_region
*mr
2704 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2708 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2710 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2712 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2713 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2715 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2717 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2719 static int said
= 0;
2721 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2724 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2725 _("Note: automatically using "
2726 "hardware breakpoints for "
2727 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2732 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2733 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2735 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2736 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2737 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2738 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2740 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2746 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2747 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2748 || bl
->section
== NULL
2749 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2751 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2756 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2758 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2760 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2763 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2769 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2770 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2771 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2773 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2774 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2775 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2776 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2777 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2781 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2783 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2784 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2785 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2787 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2792 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2793 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2794 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2795 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2796 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2798 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2800 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2803 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2807 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2808 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2809 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2810 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2814 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2815 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2817 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2822 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2824 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2826 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2829 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2835 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2836 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2841 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2843 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2845 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2846 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2847 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2848 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2849 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2850 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2851 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2852 errors as memory errors. */
2853 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2854 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2855 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2856 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2859 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2860 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2861 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2862 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2864 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2865 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2867 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2868 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2869 "library breakpoints:\n");
2871 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2872 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2873 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2878 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2880 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2881 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2882 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2883 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2884 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2885 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2886 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2890 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2893 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2894 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2896 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2897 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2899 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2903 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2904 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2919 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2920 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2921 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2922 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2926 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2927 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2929 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2931 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2932 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2933 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2935 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2937 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2938 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2940 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2942 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2943 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2947 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2948 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2955 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2956 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2959 /* Back to the original value. */
2960 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2964 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2967 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2971 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2972 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2974 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2977 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2981 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2982 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2984 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2987 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2989 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2990 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2991 so just return success. */
2998 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2999 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
3003 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
3005 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
3006 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
3008 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
3009 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
3011 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
3012 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3015 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
3016 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
3017 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
3019 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
3021 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
3023 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3024 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
3025 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
3027 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
3028 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
3030 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
3036 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3037 removed locations above. */
3038 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
3041 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3042 Throws exception on any error.
3043 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3044 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3046 insert_breakpoints (void)
3048 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3050 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3051 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3053 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3055 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3058 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3059 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3060 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3061 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3064 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3067 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3069 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3071 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3073 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3077 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3078 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3079 always-inserted mode. */
3082 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3084 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3087 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3088 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3089 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3091 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3093 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3094 there was an error. */
3095 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3097 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3099 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3101 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3103 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3106 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3107 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3108 deletion of breakpoints. */
3109 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3112 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3114 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3115 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3116 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3117 insert breakpoints. */
3118 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3119 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3122 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3123 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3130 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3131 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3135 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3138 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3140 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3141 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3144 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3145 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3146 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3148 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3150 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3151 there was an error. */
3152 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3154 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3156 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3158 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3161 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3162 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3163 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3164 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3165 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3168 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3170 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3171 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3172 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3173 insert breakpoints. */
3174 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3175 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3178 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3179 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3184 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3185 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3186 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3188 int some_failed
= 0;
3189 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3191 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3194 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3197 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3200 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3201 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3208 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3210 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3212 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3213 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3214 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3222 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3223 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3224 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3226 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3227 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3229 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3230 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3234 /* Used when the program stops.
3235 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3236 removing a breakpoint location. */
3239 remove_breakpoints (void)
3241 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3244 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3246 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3247 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3252 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3256 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3258 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3260 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3262 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3264 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3266 printf_filtered (_("\
3267 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3268 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3270 /* Hide it from the user. */
3276 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3279 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3281 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3283 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3285 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3287 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3290 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3292 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3301 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3303 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3305 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3306 struct inferior
*inf
;
3307 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3309 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3313 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3315 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3316 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3318 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3320 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3322 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3328 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3336 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3338 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3339 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3340 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3341 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3342 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3343 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3345 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3348 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3351 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3352 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3356 static struct breakpoint
*
3357 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3358 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3359 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3361 symtab_and_line sal
;
3363 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3364 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3366 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3367 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3368 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3373 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3375 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3377 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3379 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3380 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3382 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3383 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3385 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3386 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3388 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3389 int longjmp_searched
;
3391 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3392 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3394 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3395 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3397 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3398 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3400 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3401 int exception_searched
;
3403 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3404 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3407 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3409 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3410 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3412 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3415 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3417 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3420 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3421 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3423 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3424 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3426 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3428 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3429 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3430 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3433 XOBNEW (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
, struct breakpoint_objfile_data
);
3435 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3436 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3438 return bp_objfile_data
;
3442 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3444 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3445 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3447 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3448 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3452 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3454 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3455 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3457 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3459 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3460 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3462 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3464 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3466 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3469 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3471 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3473 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3474 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3476 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3477 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3480 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3483 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3484 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3486 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3487 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3488 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3489 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3491 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3493 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3494 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3498 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3499 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3505 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3507 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3509 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3511 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3513 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3515 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3517 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3520 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3521 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3523 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3525 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3527 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3531 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3534 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3535 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3537 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3539 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3540 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3541 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3545 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3546 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3549 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3552 struct probe
*probe
;
3553 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3556 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3557 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3561 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3563 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3564 get_probe_address (probe
,
3567 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3568 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3569 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3575 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3578 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3580 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3581 const char *func_name
;
3583 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3585 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3588 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3589 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3591 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3593 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3594 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3596 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3597 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3600 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3603 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3604 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3605 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3606 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3607 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3608 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3609 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3615 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3617 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3619 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3620 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3622 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3624 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3626 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3629 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3631 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3633 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3634 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3635 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3637 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3639 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3642 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3644 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3646 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3647 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3648 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3650 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3651 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3654 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3657 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3658 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3659 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3660 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3661 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3662 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3663 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3664 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3669 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3672 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3674 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3675 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3677 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3679 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3680 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3681 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3683 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3685 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3687 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3688 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3692 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3696 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3697 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3699 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3701 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3702 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3703 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3707 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3708 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3711 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3713 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3715 struct probe
*probe
;
3718 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3719 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3723 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3725 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3726 get_probe_address (probe
,
3728 bp_exception_master
,
3729 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3730 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3731 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3737 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3739 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3742 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3744 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3746 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3748 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3749 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3751 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3755 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3758 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3759 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3761 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3762 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3763 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3764 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3765 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3766 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3770 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3773 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3775 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3779 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3781 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3782 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3784 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3785 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3786 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3787 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3788 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3789 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3790 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3791 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3792 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3793 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3794 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3796 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3798 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3801 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3802 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3804 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3808 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3809 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3811 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3815 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3816 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3817 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3818 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3819 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3821 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3825 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3826 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3828 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3832 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3833 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3835 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3839 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3841 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3842 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3843 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3845 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3849 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3851 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3852 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3853 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3854 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3858 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3859 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3860 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3861 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3862 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3863 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3865 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3866 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3867 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3868 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3869 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3870 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3871 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3873 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3874 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3875 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3876 let finish_command delete it.
3878 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3879 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3880 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3881 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3882 solib breakpoints.) */
3884 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3889 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3890 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3892 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3894 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3901 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3903 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3905 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3906 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3908 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3909 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3911 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3912 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3913 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3915 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3918 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3919 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3920 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3921 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3922 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3923 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3924 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3928 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3934 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3935 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3936 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3937 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3938 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3941 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3945 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3946 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3948 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3949 This should not ever happen. */
3950 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3952 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3953 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3955 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3956 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3957 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3959 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3960 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3961 || bl
->section
== NULL
3962 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3964 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3966 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3967 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3968 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3969 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3970 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3971 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3972 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3973 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3974 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3975 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3976 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3977 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3978 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3979 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3980 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3981 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3982 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3983 they should always be removed. */
3984 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3985 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3986 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3989 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3993 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3994 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3995 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3997 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3998 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
4000 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
4001 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
4002 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4003 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4004 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
4006 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4007 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
4010 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
4011 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
4014 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
4015 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
4016 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
4017 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
4019 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
4020 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4021 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4022 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4023 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4024 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4030 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4035 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4036 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4037 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4038 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4039 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4040 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4041 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4042 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4043 always-inserted mode. */
4045 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4046 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
4047 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
4048 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4054 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4056 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4058 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4059 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4061 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4062 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4064 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4065 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
4066 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4069 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4070 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4073 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4074 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4076 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4080 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4087 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
4089 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4090 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4092 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4093 This should not ever happen. */
4094 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4096 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
4098 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4100 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
4103 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4106 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4108 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4110 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4111 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4115 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4116 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4118 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4121 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4122 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4123 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4128 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4130 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4131 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4133 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4135 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4137 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4140 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4142 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4144 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4150 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4152 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4153 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4156 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4158 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4160 case bp_shlib_event
:
4162 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4163 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4164 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4165 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4166 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4168 (gdb) file prog-linux
4169 (gdb) run # native linux target
4172 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4173 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4176 case bp_step_resume
:
4178 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4180 case bp_single_step
:
4182 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4184 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4188 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4189 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4190 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4192 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4194 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4195 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4196 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4199 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4200 valid. New ones will be created in
4201 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4202 The next update_global_location_list call will
4203 garbage collect them. */
4206 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4208 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4209 insert_breakpoints. */
4211 value_free (w
->val
);
4223 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4224 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4225 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4226 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4229 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4230 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4231 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4232 match, not program space. */
4234 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4235 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4236 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4237 permanent breakpoint.
4238 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4239 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4240 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4241 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4242 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4244 enum breakpoint_here
4245 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4247 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4248 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4250 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4252 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4253 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4256 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4257 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4259 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4261 if (overlay_debugging
4262 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4263 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4264 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4265 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4266 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4268 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4272 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4275 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4278 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4279 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4281 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4283 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4285 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4286 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4289 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4291 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4294 if (overlay_debugging
4295 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4296 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4298 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4309 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4312 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4314 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4317 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4318 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4324 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4328 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4329 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4332 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4335 if (overlay_debugging
4336 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4337 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4338 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4345 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4348 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4350 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4352 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4354 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4356 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4357 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4360 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4366 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4370 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4373 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4375 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4377 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4379 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4382 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4389 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4392 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4395 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4397 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4399 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4401 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4404 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4412 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4413 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4415 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4417 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4419 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4421 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4422 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4425 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4428 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4429 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4433 /* Check for intersection. */
4434 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4435 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4444 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4448 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4450 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4453 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4457 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4459 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4460 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4461 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4462 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4466 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4467 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4470 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4487 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4488 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4491 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4495 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4500 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4502 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4503 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4504 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4505 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4506 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4508 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4509 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4513 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4523 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4526 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4531 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4533 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4539 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4542 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4544 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4546 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4548 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4550 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4555 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4564 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4565 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4566 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4567 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4569 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4570 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4572 Return 1 otherwise. */
4575 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4577 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4580 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4582 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4583 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4584 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4585 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4586 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4588 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4590 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4594 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4597 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4599 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4602 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4605 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4609 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4611 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4613 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4615 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4621 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4624 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4626 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4628 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4630 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4631 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4632 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4633 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4634 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4638 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4641 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4644 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4646 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4649 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4650 or its equivalent. */
4653 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4655 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4658 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4659 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4660 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4661 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4663 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4664 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4665 bpstat of the current thread. */
4668 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4671 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4674 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4676 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4679 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4680 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4682 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4684 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4687 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4688 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4690 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4691 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4692 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4694 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4696 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4697 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4698 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4699 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4700 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4701 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4702 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4703 the tree when we're done. */
4704 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4705 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4706 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4707 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4708 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4710 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4716 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4718 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4724 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4725 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4727 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4729 if (current_ui
->async
)
4730 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4731 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4732 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4735 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4736 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4737 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4738 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4739 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4740 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4741 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4742 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4743 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4744 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4745 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4746 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4747 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4752 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4757 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4759 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4761 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4762 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4763 && target_has_execution
4764 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4765 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4766 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4767 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4768 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4769 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4770 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4773 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4776 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4779 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4782 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4785 struct value_print_options opts
;
4786 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4787 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4791 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4792 debugging multiple threads. */
4795 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4797 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4802 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4805 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4807 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4808 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4810 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4813 uiout
->text (" \"");
4814 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4818 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4822 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4823 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4824 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4825 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4828 static enum print_stop_action
4829 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4831 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4834 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4835 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4839 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4840 relevant messages. */
4841 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4844 case print_it_normal
:
4846 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4848 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4849 which has since been deleted. */
4851 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4853 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4854 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4859 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4860 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4865 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4868 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4871 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4873 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4877 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4878 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4880 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4881 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4884 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4885 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4886 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4893 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4894 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4896 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4901 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4902 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4903 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4909 struct so_list
*iter
;
4912 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4913 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4915 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4920 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4921 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4922 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4927 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4928 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4929 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4930 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4931 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4932 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4933 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4936 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4937 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4938 code to print the location. An example is
4939 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4941 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4942 to also print the location part of the message.
4943 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4944 don't require a location appended to the end.
4945 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4946 further info to be printed. */
4948 enum print_stop_action
4949 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4951 enum print_stop_action val
;
4953 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4954 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4955 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4956 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4957 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4959 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4960 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4961 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4962 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4966 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4967 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4968 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4969 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4971 print_solib_event (0);
4972 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4975 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4976 with and nothing was printed. */
4977 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4980 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4981 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4982 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4983 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4984 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4985 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4988 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4990 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4991 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4993 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4997 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
5000 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
5004 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
5006 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
5007 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
5008 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
5009 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
5010 incref_bp_location (bl
);
5011 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
5012 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
5014 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
5018 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
5019 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5022 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5024 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5026 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5028 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
5030 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5031 as not triggered. */
5033 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5035 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5037 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5043 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
5045 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5046 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5048 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5050 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5052 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5058 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5059 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5063 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5065 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5066 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5068 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5069 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5071 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5073 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5074 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5076 if (newaddr
== start
)
5078 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5082 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5083 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5087 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5096 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5097 because of check_errors). */
5098 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5099 #define WP_DELETED 1
5100 /* The value has changed. */
5101 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5102 /* The value has not changed. */
5103 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5104 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5107 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5108 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5110 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5113 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5114 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5117 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5119 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5120 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5121 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5122 int within_current_scope
;
5124 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5125 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5126 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5128 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5129 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5130 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5131 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5134 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5135 within_current_scope
= 1;
5138 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5139 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5140 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5142 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5143 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5144 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5145 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5146 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5147 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5148 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5149 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5150 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5151 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5154 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5155 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5157 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5158 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5159 if (within_current_scope
)
5161 struct symbol
*function
;
5163 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5164 if (function
== NULL
5165 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5166 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5167 within_current_scope
= 0;
5170 if (within_current_scope
)
5171 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5172 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5177 if (within_current_scope
)
5179 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5180 time before we return to the command level and call
5181 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5182 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5186 struct value
*new_val
;
5188 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5189 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5190 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5191 a mask watchpoint. */
5192 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5194 mark
= value_mark ();
5195 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5197 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5198 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5200 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5201 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5202 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5203 not what we want. */
5204 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5205 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5207 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5209 release_value (new_val
);
5210 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5212 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5215 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5219 /* Nothing changed. */
5220 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5221 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5226 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5227 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5228 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5229 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5230 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5231 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5232 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5233 the first value assigned). */
5234 /* We print all the stop information in
5235 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5236 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5237 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5240 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5242 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5244 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5246 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5247 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
5248 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->number
);
5249 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
5250 "which its expression is valid.\n");
5253 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5254 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
5255 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5261 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5262 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5263 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5266 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5267 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5268 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5270 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5272 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5273 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5275 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5278 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5279 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5282 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5284 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5285 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5287 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5288 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5289 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5290 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5291 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5294 int must_check_value
= 0;
5296 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5297 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5299 must_check_value
= 1;
5300 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5301 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5302 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5304 must_check_value
= 1;
5305 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5306 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5307 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5308 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5309 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5310 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5311 must_check_value
= 1;
5313 if (must_check_value
)
5316 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5318 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5319 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5321 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5325 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5326 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5330 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5333 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5334 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5336 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5338 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5339 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5340 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5341 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5342 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5343 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5344 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5347 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5348 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5351 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5352 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5353 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5354 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5356 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5357 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5358 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5361 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5362 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5363 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5364 changes. This still gives false positives when
5365 the program writes the same value to memory as
5366 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5367 it for a read), but it's much better than
5370 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5372 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5374 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5376 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5377 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5378 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5380 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5381 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5383 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5384 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5386 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5392 if (other_write_watchpoint
5393 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5395 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5396 and the value changed since the last time we
5397 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5399 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5404 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5405 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5406 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5408 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5409 the value hasn't changed. */
5410 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5418 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5420 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5422 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5425 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5426 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5427 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5432 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5434 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5435 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5436 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5437 anything for this watchpoint. */
5438 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5444 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5445 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5446 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5447 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5450 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5452 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5453 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5454 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5455 struct expression
*cond
;
5457 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5459 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5460 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5461 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5462 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5463 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5465 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5466 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5467 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5469 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5470 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5476 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5477 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5479 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5480 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5487 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5489 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5491 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5493 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5495 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5498 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5500 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5502 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5503 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5505 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5506 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5507 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5508 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5510 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5512 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5513 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5517 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5518 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5519 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5520 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5521 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5523 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5524 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5527 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5529 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5530 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5531 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5532 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5533 really matter which instantiation of the function
5534 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5535 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5536 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5537 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5538 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5539 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5540 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5541 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5543 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5545 select_frame (frame
);
5547 within_current_scope
= 0;
5549 if (within_current_scope
)
5551 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5552 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5556 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5557 "in the current scope"));
5558 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5559 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5562 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5563 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5566 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5570 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5574 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5576 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5580 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5581 on the current target. */
5584 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5586 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5587 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5588 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5589 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5593 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5594 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5596 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5597 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5600 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5602 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5604 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5605 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5606 several reasons concurrently.)
5608 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5609 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5612 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5613 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5614 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5616 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5617 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5618 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5619 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5620 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5621 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5624 int need_remove_insert
;
5627 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5628 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5629 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5630 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5631 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5632 inferior function calls. */
5636 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5639 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5641 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5642 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5643 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5644 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5645 checked all locations already. */
5646 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5649 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5652 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5655 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5658 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5661 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5662 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5663 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5667 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5668 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5669 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5671 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5673 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5675 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5680 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5681 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5682 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5684 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5686 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5687 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5689 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5690 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5693 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5698 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5699 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5700 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5702 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5704 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5706 handle_solib_event ();
5711 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5712 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5713 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5717 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5722 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5723 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5726 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5731 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5733 /* We will stop here. */
5734 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5736 --(b
->enable_count
);
5737 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5738 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5743 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5744 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5745 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5746 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5749 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5754 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5756 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5757 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5760 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5761 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5762 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5764 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5765 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5766 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5768 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5769 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5771 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5773 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5774 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5777 if (need_remove_insert
)
5778 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5779 else if (removed_any
)
5780 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5786 handle_jit_event (void)
5788 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5789 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5792 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5794 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5795 breakpoint_re_set. */
5796 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5798 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5799 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5801 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5803 target_terminal_inferior ();
5806 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5808 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5811 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5813 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5816 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5817 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5818 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5820 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5822 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5823 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5824 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5827 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5829 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5830 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5834 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5841 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5842 case bp_single_step
:
5845 case bp_shlib_event
:
5849 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5851 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5854 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5857 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5858 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5859 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5863 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5865 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5869 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5870 This requires no further action. */
5874 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5878 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5879 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5882 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5884 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5885 case bp_exception_resume
:
5888 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5889 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5892 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5894 case bp_step_resume
:
5896 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5899 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5900 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5903 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5905 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5908 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5909 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5912 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5913 case bp_thread_event
:
5914 case bp_overlay_event
:
5915 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5916 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5917 case bp_exception_master
:
5918 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5924 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5926 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5930 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5931 This requires no further action. */
5935 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5938 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5939 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5940 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5941 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5943 case bp_std_terminate
:
5944 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5945 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5946 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5947 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5950 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5951 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5952 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5953 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5955 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5956 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5958 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5959 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5960 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5962 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5963 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5964 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5965 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5970 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5972 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5976 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5977 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5980 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5987 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5991 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5993 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6000 handle_jit_event ();
6002 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6003 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
6005 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6006 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
6012 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
6013 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
6014 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
6017 bpstat_should_step (void)
6019 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6022 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
6028 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
6030 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6039 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6040 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6041 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6044 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
6046 static char wrap_indent
[80];
6047 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
6051 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
6053 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
6055 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
6056 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
6057 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
6062 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
6068 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6069 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6071 "host": Host evals condition.
6072 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6073 "target": Target evals condition.
6077 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6079 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6080 char host_evals
= 0;
6081 char target_evals
= 0;
6086 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6089 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6090 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6091 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6093 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6095 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6101 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6102 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6103 else if (target_evals
)
6104 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6106 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6109 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6110 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6113 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6115 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6118 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6119 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6120 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6122 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6123 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6125 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6128 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6131 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6132 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6134 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6136 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
6138 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6142 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6144 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6145 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6146 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6149 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6152 uiout
->text ("in ");
6153 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6155 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6156 uiout
->text ("at ");
6158 uiout
->field_string ("file",
6159 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6162 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6163 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6165 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
6171 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
6173 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
6177 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
6178 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6179 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6180 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6181 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6182 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6184 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6188 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
6192 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6193 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6194 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6197 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6198 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6204 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6206 struct ep_type_description
6209 const char *description
;
6211 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6213 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6214 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6215 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6216 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6217 {bp_until
, "until"},
6218 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6219 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6220 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6221 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6222 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6223 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6224 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6225 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6226 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6227 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6228 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6229 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6230 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6231 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6232 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6233 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6234 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6235 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6236 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6237 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6238 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6239 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6240 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6241 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6242 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6243 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6244 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6245 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6246 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6249 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6250 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6251 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6252 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6255 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6258 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6259 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6262 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6263 const char *field_name
,
6267 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6271 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6272 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6273 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6276 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6278 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6284 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6285 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6290 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6294 uiout
->text (plongest (inf
));
6299 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6302 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6303 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6305 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6308 struct command_line
*l
;
6309 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6311 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6312 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6313 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6314 struct value_print_options opts
;
6316 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6318 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6319 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6320 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6323 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6324 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6332 if (part_of_multiple
)
6335 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6336 uiout
->field_string ("number", formatted
);
6341 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6346 if (part_of_multiple
)
6347 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6349 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6353 if (part_of_multiple
)
6354 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6356 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6361 if (part_of_multiple
)
6362 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6364 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6369 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6371 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6372 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6373 make sure there's just one location. */
6374 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6375 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6381 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6382 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6386 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6387 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6388 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6390 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6392 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6393 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6394 is relatively readable). */
6395 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6396 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6398 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6403 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6404 case bp_single_step
:
6408 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6409 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6411 case bp_exception_resume
:
6412 case bp_step_resume
:
6413 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6414 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6416 case bp_std_terminate
:
6417 case bp_shlib_event
:
6418 case bp_thread_event
:
6419 case bp_overlay_event
:
6420 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6421 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6422 case bp_exception_master
:
6424 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6425 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6428 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6429 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6430 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6433 if (header_of_multiple
)
6434 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6435 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6436 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6438 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6439 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6442 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6443 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6450 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6452 struct inferior
*inf
;
6453 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6458 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6459 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6462 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6463 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6465 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6466 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6467 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6468 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6469 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6470 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6472 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6473 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6476 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6478 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6480 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6481 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6482 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6483 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6485 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6487 uiout
->text (" task ");
6488 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6494 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6495 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6497 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6500 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6501 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6503 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6504 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6508 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6511 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6512 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6514 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6515 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6517 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6518 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6519 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6520 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6521 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6524 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6525 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6526 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6531 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6533 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6534 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6535 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6536 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6539 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6541 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6546 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6550 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6551 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6552 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6553 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6554 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6556 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6557 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6558 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6559 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6560 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6562 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6566 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6567 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6568 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6572 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6575 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6576 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6577 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6580 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6581 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6582 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6583 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6586 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6587 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6588 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6589 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6590 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6592 uiout
->text ("next ");
6593 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6594 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6597 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6599 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6601 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6603 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6604 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6605 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6609 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6610 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6613 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6614 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6617 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6619 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6621 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6623 annotate_field (10);
6624 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6625 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6626 uiout
->text (" \n");
6629 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6631 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6633 annotate_field (11);
6635 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6636 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6637 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6643 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6644 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6649 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6651 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6653 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6655 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6657 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6658 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6659 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6660 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6665 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6666 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6669 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6672 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "bkpt");
6674 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6677 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6678 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6679 locations, if any. */
6680 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6682 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6683 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6684 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6687 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6688 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6690 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6691 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6693 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6696 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6698 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6699 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6706 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6708 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6709 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6711 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6712 address to print. */
6713 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6716 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6720 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6721 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6722 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6725 return print_address_bits
;
6728 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6734 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6736 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
6737 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*) data
;
6738 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6739 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6743 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6745 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6753 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6754 char **error_message
)
6756 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6759 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6761 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6762 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6768 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6769 internal or momentary. */
6772 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6774 return b
->number
> 0;
6777 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6780 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6782 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6785 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6786 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6787 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6788 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6789 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6790 breakpoints listed. */
6793 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6794 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6796 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6797 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6798 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6799 struct value_print_options opts
;
6800 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6801 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6802 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6804 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6806 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6807 required for address fields. */
6808 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6811 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6812 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6815 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6816 accept. Skip the others. */
6817 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6819 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6821 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6825 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6827 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6829 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6830 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6831 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6833 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6834 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6835 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6837 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6842 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6843 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6844 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6847 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6848 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6849 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6851 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6852 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6854 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6855 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6857 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6858 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6860 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6861 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6863 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6865 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6866 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6868 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6870 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6872 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6873 uiout
->table_body ();
6874 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6875 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6880 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6881 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6884 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6885 accept. Skip the others. */
6887 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6889 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6891 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6894 else /* all others */
6896 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6900 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6902 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6903 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6907 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6909 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6913 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6914 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6916 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6922 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6923 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6926 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6927 there have been breakpoints? */
6928 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6930 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6933 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6934 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6937 default_collect_info (void)
6939 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6941 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6942 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6944 if (!*default_collect
)
6947 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6949 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6950 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6951 uiout
->text (" \n");
6955 info_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6957 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6959 default_collect_info ();
6963 info_watchpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6965 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6966 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6968 if (num_printed
== 0)
6970 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6971 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6973 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6978 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6980 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6982 default_collect_info ();
6986 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6987 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6988 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6990 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6992 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6994 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6995 && bl
->address
== pc
6996 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
7002 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
7003 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
7007 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7008 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7009 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
7012 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7015 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
7016 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
7020 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7021 else /* if (others == ???) */
7022 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7024 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
7027 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
7028 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
7029 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
7030 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
7031 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
7032 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
7033 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
7034 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7038 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
7040 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7041 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
7042 printf_filtered (".\n");
7047 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7048 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7049 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7050 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7052 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7053 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7054 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7055 breakpoint location at address zero:
7063 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7065 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
7067 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
7070 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7071 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7074 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7075 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7077 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7078 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7080 /* Both of them must exist. */
7081 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7082 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7084 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7085 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7086 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7087 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7088 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7089 other watchpoint. */
7091 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7093 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7094 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
7096 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7098 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7099 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
7102 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7103 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7104 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7105 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7106 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7107 become hw_access locations later. */
7108 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7109 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7110 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7111 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7114 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7117 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7118 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7120 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7121 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7125 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7126 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7127 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7128 space doesn't really matter. */
7131 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7132 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7135 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7136 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7137 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7140 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7141 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7142 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7143 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7146 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7147 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7150 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7153 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7154 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7158 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7159 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7160 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7161 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7162 doesn't really matter. */
7165 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7166 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7167 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
7169 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7170 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
7172 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
7174 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
7180 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7181 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7182 true, otherwise returns false. */
7185 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7186 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7188 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7189 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7190 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7191 different locations. */
7192 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7197 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7198 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7199 represent the same location. */
7202 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7203 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7205 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7207 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7208 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7209 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7211 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7212 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7214 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7217 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7218 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7219 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7221 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7222 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7223 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7224 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7228 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7229 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7231 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7232 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7236 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7237 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7239 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7240 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7242 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7245 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7246 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7247 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7248 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7251 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7252 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7254 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7256 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7259 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7260 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7261 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7262 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7263 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7265 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7266 have their addresses modified. */
7269 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7271 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7272 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7273 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7274 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7275 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7276 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7281 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7283 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7284 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7285 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7287 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7288 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7290 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7291 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7293 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7297 bp_location::bp_location (const bp_location_ops
*ops
, breakpoint
*owner
)
7299 bp_location
*loc
= this;
7301 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7305 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7306 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7309 switch (owner
->type
)
7312 case bp_single_step
:
7316 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7317 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7319 case bp_exception_resume
:
7320 case bp_step_resume
:
7321 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7322 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7324 case bp_std_terminate
:
7325 case bp_shlib_event
:
7326 case bp_thread_event
:
7327 case bp_overlay_event
:
7329 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7330 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7331 case bp_exception_master
:
7332 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7333 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7335 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7336 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7338 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7339 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7340 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7342 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7343 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7344 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7345 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7350 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7351 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7352 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7355 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7361 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7363 static struct bp_location
*
7364 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7366 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7370 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7372 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7376 /* Increment reference count. */
7379 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7384 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7385 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7388 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7390 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7392 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7393 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7397 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7400 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7402 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7403 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7405 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7406 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7408 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7410 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7415 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7421 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7424 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7425 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7427 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7429 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7433 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7434 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7435 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7436 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7439 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7440 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7442 static struct breakpoint
*
7443 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7445 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7447 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7449 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7450 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7453 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7454 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7458 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7460 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7462 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7463 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7464 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7467 const char *function_name
;
7468 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7470 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7471 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7473 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7475 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7477 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7478 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7479 &loc
->requested_address
))
7481 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7482 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7483 loc
->requested_address
,
7486 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7487 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7489 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7490 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7491 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7492 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7494 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7499 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7503 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7505 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7508 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7510 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7515 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7516 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7517 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7519 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7520 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7521 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7524 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7525 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7526 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7528 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7530 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7532 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7533 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7535 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7536 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7538 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7539 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7542 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7543 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7544 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7545 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7546 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7547 is also returned as the value of this function.
7549 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7550 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7551 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7552 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7553 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7554 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7555 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7558 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7559 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7560 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7562 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7564 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7565 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7568 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7569 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7570 initiated the operation. */
7573 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7575 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7576 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7578 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7579 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7580 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7581 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7582 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7583 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7584 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7585 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7587 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7588 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7590 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7591 after their removal. */
7592 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7593 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7594 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7597 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7600 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7602 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7604 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7606 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7607 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7609 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7610 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7615 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7617 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7619 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7620 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7622 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7623 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7627 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7628 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7629 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7633 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7635 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7638 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7640 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7642 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7643 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7645 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7647 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7649 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7652 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7653 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7654 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7655 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7661 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7662 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7665 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7666 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7670 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7672 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7674 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7675 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7677 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7679 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7680 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7681 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7682 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7685 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7687 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7689 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7690 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7691 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7693 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7698 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7700 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7703 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7705 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7706 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7707 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7712 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7714 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7717 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7719 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7720 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7721 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7725 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7726 master breakpoint. */
7728 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7730 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7732 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7733 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7734 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7736 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7737 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7741 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7743 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7745 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7747 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7748 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7749 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7753 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7755 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7757 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7758 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7760 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7761 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7762 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7764 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7769 struct lang_and_radix
7775 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7778 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7780 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7781 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7784 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7787 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7789 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7791 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7792 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7793 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7794 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7798 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7800 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7802 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7803 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7804 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7805 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7808 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7811 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7813 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7815 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7816 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7817 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7818 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7821 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7822 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7823 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7825 static struct breakpoint
*
7826 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7827 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7829 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7831 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7832 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7833 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7838 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7840 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7843 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7846 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7848 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7850 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7852 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7853 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7855 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7861 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7862 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7865 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7867 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7869 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7871 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7872 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7874 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7875 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7876 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7877 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7878 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7879 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7880 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7881 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7882 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7883 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7884 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7885 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7888 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7893 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7894 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7895 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7898 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7900 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7901 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7903 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7905 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7906 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7908 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7909 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7910 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7911 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7912 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7913 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7914 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7915 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7916 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7918 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7919 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7920 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7921 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7924 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7925 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7927 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7929 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7930 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7931 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7934 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7939 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7940 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7941 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7944 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7946 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7948 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7951 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7952 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7953 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7954 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7955 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7956 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7957 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7958 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7959 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7960 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7962 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7963 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7968 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7969 int bp_modified
= 0;
7971 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7974 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7976 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7978 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7979 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7982 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7985 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7988 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7989 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7992 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7994 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7995 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7996 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7997 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7998 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
8001 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
8008 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
8012 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8014 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8015 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
8016 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8018 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8020 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8021 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8022 catchpoint has triggered. */
8023 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
8026 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8030 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8032 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8035 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8039 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8041 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8044 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8048 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8049 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8050 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8052 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8054 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
8057 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8061 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8064 static enum print_stop_action
8065 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8067 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8068 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8069 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8071 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8072 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8073 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8074 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8076 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8077 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8079 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8080 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8082 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8083 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
8084 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8085 uiout
->text ("), ");
8086 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8089 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8093 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8095 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8096 struct value_print_options opts
;
8097 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8099 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8101 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8102 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8104 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8105 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8107 uiout
->text ("fork");
8108 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8110 uiout
->text (", process ");
8111 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8115 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8116 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
8119 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8123 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8125 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8128 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8132 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8134 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8135 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8138 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8140 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8142 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8146 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8148 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8151 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8155 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8157 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8160 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8164 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8165 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8166 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8168 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8170 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8173 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8177 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8180 static enum print_stop_action
8181 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8183 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8184 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8185 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8187 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8188 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8189 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8190 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8192 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8193 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8195 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8196 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8198 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8199 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
8200 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8201 uiout
->text ("), ");
8202 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8205 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8209 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8211 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8212 struct value_print_options opts
;
8213 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8215 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8216 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8217 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8219 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8220 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8222 uiout
->text ("vfork");
8223 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8225 uiout
->text (", process ");
8226 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8230 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8231 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
8234 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8238 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8240 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8243 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8247 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8249 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8250 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8253 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8255 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8257 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8258 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8259 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8261 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8263 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
8265 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8266 unsigned char is_load
;
8268 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8269 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8271 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
8274 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
8276 xfree (this->regex
);
8280 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8286 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8292 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8293 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8295 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8297 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8298 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8300 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8303 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8305 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8307 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8310 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8313 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
8316 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8318 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8327 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8329 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8330 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8335 struct so_list
*iter
;
8338 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8343 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8352 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8357 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8363 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8366 static enum print_stop_action
8367 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8369 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8370 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8372 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8373 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8374 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8375 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8377 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8378 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8380 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8381 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8382 print_solib_event (1);
8383 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8387 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8389 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8390 struct value_print_options opts
;
8391 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8394 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8395 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8396 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8398 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8401 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8408 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8410 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8415 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8417 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8419 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8422 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8423 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8427 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8429 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8431 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8432 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8436 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8438 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8440 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8441 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8442 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8444 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8445 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8448 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8450 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8451 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8452 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8453 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8454 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8455 created in an enabled state. */
8458 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8460 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8464 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
8466 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8470 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8471 _("Invalid regexp")));
8472 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8475 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8476 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8477 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8479 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8481 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8484 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8488 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8489 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8492 const int enabled
= 1;
8494 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8496 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8500 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8501 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8503 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8507 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8508 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8510 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8513 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8514 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8515 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8516 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8519 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8520 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8521 const char *cond_string
,
8522 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8524 symtab_and_line sal
;
8525 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8527 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8529 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8530 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8534 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8536 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8537 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8538 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8539 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8542 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8545 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8549 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8550 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8551 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8553 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8555 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8557 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8559 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8562 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8564 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8565 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8566 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8568 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8570 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8572 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8573 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8575 char *exec_pathname
;
8578 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8580 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8582 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8586 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8588 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8592 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8594 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8598 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8599 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8600 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8602 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8604 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8607 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8611 static enum print_stop_action
8612 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8614 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8615 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8616 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8618 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8619 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8620 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8621 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8623 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8624 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8626 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8627 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8629 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8630 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8631 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8632 uiout
->text ("), ");
8634 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8638 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8640 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8641 struct value_print_options opts
;
8642 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8644 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8646 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8647 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8648 is relatively readable). */
8649 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8650 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8652 uiout
->text ("exec");
8653 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8655 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8656 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8657 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8660 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8661 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8665 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8667 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8670 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8674 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8676 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8677 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8680 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8683 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8686 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8687 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8691 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8692 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8694 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8696 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8703 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8707 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8710 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8712 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8715 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8717 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8719 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8725 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8726 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8727 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8728 types _not_ TYPE. */
8731 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8732 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8735 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8737 *other_type_used
= 0;
8742 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8745 if (b
->type
== type
)
8746 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8747 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8748 *other_type_used
= 1;
8755 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8757 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8761 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8763 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8764 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8770 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8772 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8776 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8778 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8779 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8785 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8787 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8788 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8792 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8794 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8795 breakpoint_re_set ();
8798 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8801 static struct breakpoint
*
8802 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8804 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8806 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8807 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8809 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8810 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8813 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8815 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8818 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8819 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8823 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8824 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8826 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8828 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8830 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8832 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8833 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8834 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8835 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8837 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8838 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8840 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8841 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8843 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8848 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8849 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8850 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8852 static struct breakpoint
*
8853 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8855 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8858 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8860 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8861 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8862 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8864 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8865 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8866 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8867 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8868 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8869 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8870 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8871 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8872 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8873 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8874 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8875 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8877 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8878 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8879 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8881 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8885 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8889 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8891 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8895 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8899 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8902 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8904 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8906 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8907 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8909 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8913 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8916 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8918 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8919 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8921 printf_filtered ("\n");
8925 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8927 static struct bp_location
*
8928 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8929 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8931 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8932 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8933 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8935 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8936 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8938 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8939 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8940 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8941 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8942 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8943 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8944 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8947 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8948 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8949 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8950 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8955 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8956 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8957 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8958 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
8959 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8960 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8961 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8962 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8963 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8964 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8966 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8967 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8969 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8970 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8971 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8972 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8973 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8974 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8975 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8976 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8977 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8978 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8979 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8980 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8982 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8989 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8992 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8996 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8997 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8998 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9002 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9004 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9008 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
9010 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9011 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9012 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9013 cleanup
= make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9015 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9016 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9019 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9024 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9025 return 0 otherwise. */
9028 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9030 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9032 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9033 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9034 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9036 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
9039 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9040 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9041 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
9044 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9045 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9048 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9050 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9051 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9056 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9058 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9060 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9062 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9064 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9065 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9067 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9068 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9069 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9071 if (!dprintf_function
)
9072 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9074 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9075 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9080 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9084 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9086 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9087 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9090 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9091 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9095 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9096 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9098 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9099 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9101 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
9103 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9104 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9105 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9106 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9107 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9109 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, command_line_up (printf_cmd_line
));
9113 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9114 current style settings. */
9117 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9118 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9120 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9124 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9125 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9129 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9130 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9131 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
9132 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
9135 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9136 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
9137 event_location_up
&&location
,
9138 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
9139 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
9140 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
9141 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9142 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9143 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9144 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9145 int display_canonical
)
9149 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9151 int target_resources_ok
;
9153 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9154 target_resources_ok
=
9155 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9157 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9158 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9159 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9160 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9163 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
9165 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9167 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9171 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9173 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9175 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9176 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9179 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
9181 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9185 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
9186 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
9187 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9188 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9189 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9191 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9192 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9194 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9196 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9197 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9199 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9201 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9202 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9204 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
9208 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9210 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9212 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9213 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9215 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9217 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9219 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9221 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9222 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9224 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9226 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9229 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9230 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9237 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9238 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9244 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9246 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9247 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9249 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9252 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9253 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9254 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9256 if (b
->extra_string
)
9257 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9259 error (_("Format string required"));
9261 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9262 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9265 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9266 if (location
!= NULL
)
9267 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
9269 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
9270 b
->filter
= filter
.release ();
9274 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9275 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
9276 event_location_up
&&location
,
9277 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
9278 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
9279 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
9280 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9281 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9282 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9283 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9284 int display_canonical
)
9286 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
9288 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
9289 sals
, std::move (location
),
9291 std::move (cond_string
),
9292 std::move (extra_string
),
9294 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9296 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9299 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9302 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9303 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9304 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9305 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9306 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9307 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9308 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9309 we take just a single condition string.
9311 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9312 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9313 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9314 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9315 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9318 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9319 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9320 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
9321 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
9322 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9323 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9324 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9325 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9327 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9328 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
9330 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
9332 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9333 'break', without arguments. */
9334 event_location_up location
9335 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9336 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
9337 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
9338 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
9340 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
9341 std::move (location
),
9342 std::move (filter_string
),
9343 std::move (cond_string
),
9344 std::move (extra_string
),
9346 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9347 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9348 canonical
->special_display
);
9352 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9353 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9354 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9355 linespec locations).
9357 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9358 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9361 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9362 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9364 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9366 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9368 const char *address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9370 if (address
== NULL
)
9372 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9373 breakpoint address. */
9374 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9376 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9377 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9378 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9379 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9380 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9381 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
9382 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
9384 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9386 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9387 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9388 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9389 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9390 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9392 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9394 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9396 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9398 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
9402 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9406 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9407 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9408 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9409 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9411 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9412 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9413 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9414 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9416 const char *address
= NULL
;
9418 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9419 address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9423 && strchr ("+-", address
[0]) != NULL
9424 && address
[1] != '['))
9426 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9427 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9428 get_last_displayed_line (),
9429 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9434 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9435 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9439 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9440 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9443 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9445 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9446 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9449 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9450 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9451 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9452 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9453 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9457 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9458 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9462 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9464 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9466 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9468 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9469 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9470 associated with SAL. */
9473 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
);
9474 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9477 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9478 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9480 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9484 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9485 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9486 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9487 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9488 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9489 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9492 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9493 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9496 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9503 const char *end_tok
;
9505 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9506 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9508 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9510 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9512 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9516 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9518 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9520 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9522 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9523 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9525 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9527 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9530 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9533 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9535 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9536 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9539 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9544 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9546 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9547 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9548 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9553 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9557 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9561 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9563 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9564 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9566 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9567 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9568 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9573 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9575 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9577 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9578 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9580 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9581 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9582 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9584 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9585 sals
.reserve (VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
));
9587 for (i
= 0; i
< VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
); i
++)
9589 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9591 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9593 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9594 sal
.pc
= marker
->address
;
9595 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9597 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9600 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9606 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9609 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9610 const struct event_location
*location
,
9611 const char *cond_string
,
9612 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9614 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9616 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9617 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9618 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9621 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9622 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9625 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9627 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9629 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9630 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9631 extra_string
= NULL
;
9635 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9637 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9639 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9641 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9643 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9646 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9647 throw_exception (e
);
9649 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9651 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9652 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9653 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9654 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9655 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9658 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9659 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9660 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9661 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9665 throw_exception (e
);
9669 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9672 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9673 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9674 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9675 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9676 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9678 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9679 are ok for the target. */
9682 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9683 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9686 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9687 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9689 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9690 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9693 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9694 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9698 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9699 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9706 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9708 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9709 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9710 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9711 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9713 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
.sals
[0].pc
,
9714 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9715 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9716 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9720 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9721 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9722 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9724 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9726 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9727 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9729 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9732 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9733 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9734 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9736 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9737 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9738 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9742 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9744 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9745 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9748 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9751 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9752 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9756 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9757 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9758 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9759 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9760 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9761 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9762 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9763 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9764 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9766 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9769 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9771 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9772 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9773 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9776 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9778 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9780 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9781 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9786 /* Set a breakpoint.
9787 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9788 condition, and thread.
9789 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9790 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9794 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9796 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9797 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9798 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9800 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9802 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9804 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9805 if (location
!= NULL
9806 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9807 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9809 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9811 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9813 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9814 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9815 0 /* Ignore count */,
9816 pending_break_support
,
9824 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9827 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9831 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9833 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9834 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9835 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9838 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9839 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9840 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9841 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9844 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9846 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9847 const struct block
*b
;
9850 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9851 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9854 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9857 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9858 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9863 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9864 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9865 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9866 happen in assembly source). */
9868 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9869 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9871 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9873 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9880 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9882 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9886 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9888 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9892 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9894 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9898 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9900 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9904 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9906 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9907 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9908 stop at <line>\n"));
9912 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9916 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9918 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9923 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9924 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9925 function/method name. */
9926 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9928 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9933 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9935 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9939 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9941 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9945 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9949 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9956 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9957 it is probably a line number. */
9958 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9960 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9965 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9967 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9971 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9973 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9976 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9977 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9978 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9982 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9984 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9986 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9987 the next character must be ','. */
9990 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9991 error (_("Format string required"));
9994 /* Skip the comma. */
9999 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10001 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10003 0 /* Ignore count */,
10004 pending_break_support
,
10005 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10013 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10015 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10018 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10019 ranged breakpoints. */
10022 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10023 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10025 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10027 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10028 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10031 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10032 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10035 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10036 ranged breakpoints. */
10039 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10041 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10044 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10045 ranged breakpoints. */
10047 static enum print_stop_action
10048 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10050 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10051 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10052 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10054 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10056 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10057 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10059 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10061 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10063 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10064 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
10066 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
10067 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10069 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
10070 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10071 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10073 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
10074 uiout
->text (", ");
10076 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10079 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10080 ranged breakpoints. */
10083 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10084 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10086 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10087 struct value_print_options opts
;
10088 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10090 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10091 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10093 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10095 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10096 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10097 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10098 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
10099 annotate_field (5);
10100 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10104 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10105 ranged breakpoints. */
10108 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10109 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10111 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10112 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10117 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10118 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10120 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
10121 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
10122 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10123 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10124 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
10125 uiout
->text ("\n");
10128 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10129 ranged breakpoints. */
10132 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10134 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10135 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10138 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10140 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10143 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10144 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10145 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10148 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10149 ranged breakpoints. */
10152 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10154 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
10155 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
10156 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
10157 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10160 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10162 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10164 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10165 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10166 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10167 last instruction of the given line. */
10170 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10174 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10175 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10176 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10183 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10185 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10187 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10194 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10197 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10199 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
;
10200 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10201 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10203 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10204 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10206 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10207 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10208 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10210 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10211 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10212 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10214 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10215 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10217 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10218 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10219 error(_("No address range specified."));
10222 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10224 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
10227 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10228 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
10229 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10231 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
10233 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
10234 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
10235 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10237 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
10238 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10239 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10241 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10242 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10244 /* Parse the end location. */
10248 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10249 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10250 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10251 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10252 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10253 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10255 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10256 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10257 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10259 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
10260 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10262 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
10263 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
10264 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
10265 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10267 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
10269 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10270 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10271 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10273 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10275 /* Length overflowed. */
10276 error (_("Address range too large."));
10277 else if (length
== 1)
10279 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10280 the `hbreak' command. */
10281 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10283 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10288 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10289 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10290 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10291 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10292 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10293 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10294 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
10295 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
10296 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10298 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10301 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10302 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10305 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10306 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10307 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10311 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10313 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10319 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10320 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10323 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10333 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10334 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10335 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10336 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10337 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10339 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10366 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10369 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10370 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10375 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10376 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10377 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10378 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10379 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10380 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10381 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10383 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10384 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10389 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10391 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10392 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10393 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10394 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10396 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10397 are always constant. */
10399 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10401 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10402 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10403 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10408 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10409 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10410 then it is not a constant. */
10419 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10421 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10423 xfree (this->exp_string
);
10424 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
10425 value_free (this->val
);
10428 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10431 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10433 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10435 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10436 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10438 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10439 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10440 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10441 are loaded and unloaded.
10443 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10444 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10445 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10446 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10447 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10448 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10450 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10451 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10452 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10453 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10455 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10456 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10458 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10459 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10460 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10463 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10466 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10468 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10469 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10471 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10472 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10475 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10478 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10480 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10481 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10483 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10484 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10488 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10489 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10490 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10492 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10493 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10495 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10496 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10497 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10498 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10499 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10500 (did not match the data address). */
10501 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10502 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10509 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10511 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10513 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10516 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10517 hardware watchpoints. */
10520 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10522 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10523 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10525 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10528 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10529 hardware watchpoints. */
10532 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10534 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10535 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10538 static enum print_stop_action
10539 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10541 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10542 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10543 enum print_stop_action result
;
10544 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10545 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10547 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10549 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10550 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10552 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
10554 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10555 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10561 case bp_watchpoint
:
10562 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10563 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10564 uiout
->field_string
10565 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10567 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10568 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10569 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10570 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10571 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10572 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10573 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10574 uiout
->text ("\n");
10575 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10576 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10579 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10580 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10581 uiout
->field_string
10582 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10584 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10585 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10586 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10587 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10588 uiout
->text ("\n");
10589 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10592 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10593 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10595 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10596 uiout
->field_string
10598 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10600 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10601 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10602 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10603 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10604 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10609 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10610 uiout
->field_string
10612 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10613 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10614 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10616 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10617 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10618 uiout
->text ("\n");
10619 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10622 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10625 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10629 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10633 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10635 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10636 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10637 const char *tuple_name
;
10641 case bp_watchpoint
:
10642 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10643 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10645 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10646 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10647 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10649 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10650 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10651 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10653 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10654 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10655 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10658 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10659 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10662 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10663 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10664 uiout
->text (": ");
10665 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10668 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10672 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10674 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10678 case bp_watchpoint
:
10679 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10680 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10682 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10683 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10685 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10686 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10689 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10690 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10693 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10694 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10697 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10701 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10703 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10704 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10705 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10711 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10713 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10715 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10716 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10719 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10721 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10723 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10724 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10727 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10728 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10731 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10733 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10735 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10736 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10739 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10740 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10743 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10745 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10747 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10750 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10751 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10754 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10759 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10760 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10762 static enum print_stop_action
10763 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10765 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10766 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10768 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10769 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10771 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10772 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10776 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10777 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10778 uiout
->field_string
10779 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10782 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10783 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10784 uiout
->field_string
10785 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10788 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10789 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10790 uiout
->field_string
10792 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10795 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10796 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10800 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10801 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10802 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10803 uiout
->text ("\n");
10805 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10806 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10809 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10810 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10813 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10814 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10816 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10818 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10819 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10821 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10822 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10823 uiout
->text ("\n");
10826 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10827 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10830 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10832 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10833 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10834 const char *tuple_name
;
10838 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10839 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10840 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10842 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10843 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10844 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10846 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10847 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10848 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10851 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10852 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10855 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10856 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10857 uiout
->text (": ");
10858 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10861 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10862 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10865 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10867 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10872 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10873 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10875 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10876 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10878 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10879 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10882 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10883 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10886 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10887 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10888 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10891 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10893 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10895 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10898 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10900 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10903 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10904 hw_read: watch read,
10905 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10907 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10908 int just_location
, int internal
)
10910 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10911 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10912 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10913 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10914 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10915 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10916 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10918 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10919 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10920 enum bptype bp_type
;
10923 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10924 the hardware watchpoint. */
10926 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10928 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
10930 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10931 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10933 const char *value_start
;
10935 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10937 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10938 of the arguments string. */
10939 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10941 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10942 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10945 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10946 This is the value of the parameter. */
10947 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10949 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10951 /* Skip whitespace. */
10952 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10957 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10958 This is the parameter itself. */
10959 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10962 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10964 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10966 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10967 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10968 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10969 only in a specific thread. */
10973 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10975 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10976 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10978 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10979 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10980 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10982 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10984 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10986 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10987 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10989 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10992 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10994 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10996 mark
= value_mark ();
10997 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10998 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10999 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11002 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11005 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11006 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11013 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11014 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11016 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11017 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11018 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11019 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11020 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11022 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11023 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11025 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11028 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11029 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
11033 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11034 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11036 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11039 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11040 mark
= value_mark ();
11041 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11043 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11045 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11046 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11053 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11054 val
= value_addr (result
);
11055 release_value (val
);
11056 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11060 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11063 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11064 else if (ret
== -2)
11065 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11068 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11069 release_value (val
);
11071 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11072 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11074 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11075 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11077 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11078 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11079 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11081 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11082 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11083 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11088 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11090 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11092 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
11094 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
11096 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11097 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11098 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11099 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11100 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
11102 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
11104 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11106 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
11107 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
11110 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
11111 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11112 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11114 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
11117 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11119 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11120 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11122 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11123 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
11125 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11126 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
11127 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
11128 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11129 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11130 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11131 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11135 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11136 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11137 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11138 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11140 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11141 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11142 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11143 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11145 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11147 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
11150 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
11151 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11153 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
11154 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11155 w
->thread
= thread
;
11156 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11157 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11158 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
11159 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11160 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11163 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11164 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11166 w
->exp_string_reparse
11167 = current_language
->la_watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
11169 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11170 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11173 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11177 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11182 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11183 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11188 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11190 w
->cond_string
= 0;
11192 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
11194 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
11195 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11199 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11200 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11203 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11205 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11206 need to act on them together. */
11207 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11208 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
11211 if (!just_location
)
11212 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11214 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11215 that should be inserted. */
11216 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
11218 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
11219 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11222 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11223 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11226 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11228 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11229 struct value
*head
= v
;
11231 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11232 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11235 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11236 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11237 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11238 hardware watchpoint.
11240 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11241 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11242 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11243 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11244 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11245 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11246 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11247 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11248 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11250 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11251 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11252 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11253 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11254 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11256 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11258 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11259 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11260 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11261 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11262 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11263 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11267 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11268 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11269 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11271 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11272 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11273 middle of some value chain. */
11275 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11276 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11278 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11282 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11283 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11284 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11286 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11290 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11294 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11295 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11296 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11297 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11298 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11301 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11302 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11303 return found_memory_cnt
;
11307 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11309 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11312 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11313 calls watch_command_1. */
11316 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11318 int just_location
= 0;
11321 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11322 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11324 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11328 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11332 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11334 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11338 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11340 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11344 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11346 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11350 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11352 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11356 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11358 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11362 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11363 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11366 struct until_break_fsm
11368 /* The base class. */
11369 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11371 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11374 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11375 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11377 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11379 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11382 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11383 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11384 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11385 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11386 static enum async_reply_reason
11387 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11389 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11391 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11394 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11395 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11396 NULL
, /* return_value */
11397 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11400 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11402 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11403 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11404 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
,
11405 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
)
11407 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11409 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11410 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
, cmd_interp
);
11412 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11413 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
;
11414 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
;
11419 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11420 until(location)/advance commands. */
11423 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11424 struct thread_info
*tp
)
11426 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11428 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11429 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11430 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11431 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11432 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11433 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11438 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11439 until(location)/advance commands. */
11442 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11443 struct thread_info
*thread
)
11445 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11447 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11448 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11450 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11451 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11453 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11455 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11456 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11458 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11461 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11462 until(location)/advance commands. */
11464 static enum async_reply_reason
11465 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11467 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11471 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11473 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11474 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11475 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11476 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11477 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11478 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11479 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11481 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11482 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11484 clear_proceed_status (0);
11486 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11489 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11491 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11492 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11493 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11494 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11495 get_last_displayed_line ())
11496 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11497 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0));
11499 if (sals
.size () != 1)
11500 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11502 symtab_and_line
&sal
= sals
[0];
11505 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11507 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11509 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11510 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11512 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11514 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11515 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11516 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11519 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11520 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11521 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11522 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11524 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11527 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11529 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11530 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11532 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11533 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11534 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11535 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11539 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint
);
11541 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11542 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11545 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11549 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11550 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11551 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11552 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11554 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11555 only at the very same frame. */
11556 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11557 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11558 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint
);
11560 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11561 location_breakpoint
, caller_breakpoint
);
11562 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11564 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11566 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11569 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11570 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11572 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11573 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11574 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11575 if clause in the arg string. */
11578 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11580 const char *cond_string
;
11582 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11585 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11588 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11589 condition string. */
11590 *arg
= skip_spaces_const (*arg
);
11591 cond_string
= *arg
;
11593 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11595 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11597 return cond_string
;
11600 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11601 process start/exit, etc. */
11605 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11606 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11611 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11612 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11614 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11615 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11616 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11617 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11620 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11621 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11622 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11626 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11628 /* The allowed syntax is:
11630 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11632 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11633 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11635 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11636 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11638 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11639 and enable reporting of such events. */
11642 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11643 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11644 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11645 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11647 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11648 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11649 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11650 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11653 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11659 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11660 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11662 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11663 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11665 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11667 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11671 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11673 /* The allowed syntax is:
11675 catch exec if <cond>
11677 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11678 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11680 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11681 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11683 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11684 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11685 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11686 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11688 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11692 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11693 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11694 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11696 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11703 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11705 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11707 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11708 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11709 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11710 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11711 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11712 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11713 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11714 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11715 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11716 enough for now, though. */
11719 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11721 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11722 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11723 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11724 language_def (language_ada
));
11725 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11729 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11731 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11736 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11738 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11741 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11744 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11746 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= (const breakpoint_p
*) a
;
11747 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11748 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= (const breakpoint_p
*) b
;
11749 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11751 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11753 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11756 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11760 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11763 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11766 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11768 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11769 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11773 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11775 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11776 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11777 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11781 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11782 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11783 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11785 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11789 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11790 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11791 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11792 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11793 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11794 error (_("No source file specified."));
11800 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11801 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11802 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11803 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11805 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11806 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11807 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11808 due to optimization, all in one block.
11810 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11811 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11812 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11813 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11814 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11815 to support that. */
11817 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11818 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11819 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11823 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11824 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11826 const char *sal_fullname
;
11828 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11829 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11830 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11833 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11838 1 0 <can't happen> */
11840 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11841 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11843 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11844 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11847 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11848 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11850 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11851 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11853 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11854 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11855 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11857 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11858 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11859 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11860 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11861 int line_match
= 0;
11863 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11864 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11865 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11866 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11867 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11868 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11869 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11872 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11881 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11885 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11886 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11889 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11891 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11894 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11895 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11896 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11897 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11898 compare_breakpoints
);
11899 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11900 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11904 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11909 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11910 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11913 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11914 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11916 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11919 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11922 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11923 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11926 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11928 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11931 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11932 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11933 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11936 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11938 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11940 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11941 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11942 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11944 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11946 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11948 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11949 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11953 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11954 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11955 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11956 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11957 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11958 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11961 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11963 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
11964 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
11966 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11967 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11969 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11970 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11973 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11974 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11975 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11977 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11978 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11979 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
11981 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11982 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11983 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11985 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11986 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11987 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11989 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11992 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11993 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11994 content of the bp_locations array. */
11997 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11999 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12001 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12002 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12004 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12006 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12008 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12011 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12012 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12014 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12015 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12016 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12017 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12019 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12021 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12022 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12023 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12024 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12028 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12031 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12033 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12034 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
12036 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
12038 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12040 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12041 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12042 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12044 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12045 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12046 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12049 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
12051 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12052 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
12054 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
12057 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
12060 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12062 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12063 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12064 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12065 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12068 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12070 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12073 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12075 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12076 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12077 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12078 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12082 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12085 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12087 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12088 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12089 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12090 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12092 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12093 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12094 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12095 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12096 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12098 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12099 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12100 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12101 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12102 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12103 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12104 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12105 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12108 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12109 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12110 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12114 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12116 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12117 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12118 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12121 address
= bl
->address
;
12122 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12124 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12125 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12126 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12128 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12129 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12132 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12133 the same program space as the location
12134 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12135 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12136 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12140 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12141 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12144 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12145 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12146 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12147 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12148 that have already been marked. */
12149 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12151 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12153 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
12156 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12157 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12158 locations are duplicate of which.
12160 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12161 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12165 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12167 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12168 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12169 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12170 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12171 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12172 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12173 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12175 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12176 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12177 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12178 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12179 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12181 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12182 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12183 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12184 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12186 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
12187 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12188 struct bp_location
**old_locations
, **old_locp
;
12189 unsigned old_locations_count
;
12191 old_locations
= bp_locations
;
12192 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
12193 bp_locations
= NULL
;
12194 bp_locations_count
= 0;
12195 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_locations
);
12197 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12198 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12199 bp_locations_count
++;
12201 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
12202 locp
= bp_locations
;
12203 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12204 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12206 qsort (bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
, sizeof (*bp_locations
),
12207 bp_locations_compare
);
12209 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
12211 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12212 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12213 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12214 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12215 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12218 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12219 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12221 locp
= bp_locations
;
12222 for (old_locp
= old_locations
;
12223 old_locp
< old_locations
+ old_locations_count
;
12226 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12227 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12229 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12230 not, we have to free it. */
12231 int found_object
= 0;
12232 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12233 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12236 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12237 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12238 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12239 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12243 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12244 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12247 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12248 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12249 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12251 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12252 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12253 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12255 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12256 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12259 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12263 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12264 have to go through updates again. */
12265 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12267 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12269 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12271 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12272 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12273 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12274 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12275 at certain location is not inserted. */
12277 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12279 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12282 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12284 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12285 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12286 keep_in_target
= 1;
12290 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12291 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12292 remove its target-side condition. */
12294 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12295 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12296 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12297 this one from the target. */
12299 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12300 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12303 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12304 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12307 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12309 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12311 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12312 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12313 supported, but the latter are. */
12314 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12316 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12317 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12320 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12321 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12323 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12324 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12326 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12327 keep_in_target
= 1;
12335 if (!keep_in_target
)
12337 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
12339 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12340 this location on the global list, and try to
12341 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12342 reason why we will succeed next time.
12344 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12345 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12346 only after calling us. */
12347 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12348 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12349 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12357 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12358 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12360 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12361 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12362 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12363 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12364 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12365 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12366 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12367 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12368 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12369 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12370 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12371 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12372 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12373 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12376 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12377 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12379 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12380 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12381 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12382 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12383 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12384 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12385 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12386 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12387 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12388 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12389 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12390 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12391 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12394 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12395 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12396 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12397 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12399 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12400 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12401 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12402 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12403 traps we can no longer explain. */
12405 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12406 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12408 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12412 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12413 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12418 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12419 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12420 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12421 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12422 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12423 are sorted first for the same address.
12425 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12426 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12428 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12429 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12430 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12431 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12432 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12434 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12436 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12439 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12440 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12441 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12442 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12443 `struct bp_location'. */
12444 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12446 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12447 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12451 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12452 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12453 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12454 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12455 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12456 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12458 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12460 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12461 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12462 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12464 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12465 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12467 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12469 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12470 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12471 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12477 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12478 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12479 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12481 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12482 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12484 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12485 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12488 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12490 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12491 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12494 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12495 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12496 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12497 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12498 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12500 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12504 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12505 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12507 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12511 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12513 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12516 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12517 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12519 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12520 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12526 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12531 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12533 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12539 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12542 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12546 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12547 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12549 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12550 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12551 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12555 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12557 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12559 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12561 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12565 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12569 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12571 struct value_print_options opts
;
12573 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12575 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12577 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12579 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12580 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12581 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12582 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12584 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12585 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12587 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12589 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12590 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12595 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12596 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12602 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12604 printf_filtered (" at ");
12605 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12608 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12610 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12612 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12613 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12614 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12615 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12617 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12618 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12619 real situation somewhat. */
12620 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12621 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12626 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12628 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12630 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12635 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12638 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12640 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12643 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12648 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12650 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12652 decref_counted_command_line (&this->commands
);
12653 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12654 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12655 xfree (this->filter
);
12658 static struct bp_location
*
12659 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12661 return new bp_location (&bp_location_ops
, self
);
12665 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12667 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12670 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12671 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12674 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12676 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12680 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12681 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12683 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12687 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12688 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12690 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12692 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12696 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12701 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12705 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12707 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12710 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12714 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12716 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12719 static enum print_stop_action
12720 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12722 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12726 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12727 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12733 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12735 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12739 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12741 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12745 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12746 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12747 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12748 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12750 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12754 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12755 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12756 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12757 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12758 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12759 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12761 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12762 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12763 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12764 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12766 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12769 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12770 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12771 const struct event_location
*location
,
12772 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12774 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12777 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12780 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12785 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12788 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12790 /* Nothing to do. */
12793 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12795 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12796 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12797 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12798 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12799 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12800 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12801 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12802 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12803 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12805 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12806 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12807 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12808 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12809 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12810 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12811 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12812 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12815 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12818 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12820 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12821 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12823 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12824 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12828 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12832 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12834 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12836 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12837 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12839 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12840 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12842 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12846 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12848 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12849 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12851 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12855 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12856 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12857 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12859 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12860 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12863 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12867 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12868 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12869 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12876 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12877 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12878 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12880 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12881 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12883 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12884 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12885 be set at the same address. */
12889 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12893 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12895 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12900 static enum print_stop_action
12901 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12903 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12904 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12906 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12908 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12910 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12911 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12913 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12914 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12915 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12918 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12919 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12922 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12924 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
12925 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12927 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12928 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12929 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12931 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
12932 uiout
->text (", ");
12934 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12938 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12940 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12945 case bp_breakpoint
:
12946 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12947 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12948 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12950 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12951 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12952 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12953 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12955 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12956 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12959 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12967 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12969 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12970 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12971 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12972 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12973 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12974 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12975 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12976 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12977 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12979 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12980 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12982 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12983 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12985 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12986 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12987 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12988 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12990 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12994 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12995 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12996 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12998 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13002 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13003 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13004 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13005 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13006 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13007 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13009 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13010 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13011 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13012 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13014 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13015 std::move (cond_string
),
13016 std::move (extra_string
),
13018 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13019 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13020 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13023 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13024 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13025 const struct event_location
*location
,
13026 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13028 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13031 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13034 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13038 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13039 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13040 case bp_overlay_event
:
13041 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13042 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13043 case bp_exception_master
:
13044 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13047 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13048 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13049 case bp_shlib_event
:
13051 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13052 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13053 case bp_thread_event
:
13059 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13061 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13063 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13064 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13065 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13066 objects (among other things). */
13067 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13068 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13074 static enum print_stop_action
13075 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13077 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13079 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13083 case bp_shlib_event
:
13084 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13085 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13086 to shlib event" message.) */
13087 print_solib_event (0);
13090 case bp_thread_event
:
13091 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13092 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13093 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13096 case bp_overlay_event
:
13097 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13098 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13101 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13102 /* These should never be enabled. */
13103 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13106 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13107 /* These should never be enabled. */
13108 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13109 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13112 case bp_exception_master
:
13113 /* These should never be enabled. */
13114 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13115 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13119 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13123 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13125 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13128 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13131 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13133 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13134 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13135 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13136 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13140 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13142 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13145 static enum print_stop_action
13146 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13148 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13152 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13154 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13157 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13159 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13160 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13162 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
13164 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
13167 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13170 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13173 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13175 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13179 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13181 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13182 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13191 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
13192 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
13194 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13195 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13196 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13200 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
13204 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13205 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13206 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13208 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13210 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
13212 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13213 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13216 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13217 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13218 const struct event_location
*location
,
13219 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13221 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
13223 error (_("probe not found"));
13227 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13230 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13232 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13236 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13237 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13238 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13240 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13246 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13247 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13249 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13250 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13252 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13254 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
13255 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13256 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13257 uiout
->text ("\n");
13262 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13264 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13269 case bp_tracepoint
:
13270 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13271 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13273 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13274 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13275 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13277 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13278 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13279 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13282 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13283 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13290 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13292 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13294 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13295 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13296 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13297 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13298 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13299 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13301 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13302 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13304 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13305 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
13306 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13308 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13309 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13313 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13314 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13315 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13317 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13321 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13322 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13323 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13324 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13325 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13326 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13328 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13329 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13330 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13331 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13333 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13334 std::move (cond_string
),
13335 std::move (extra_string
),
13337 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13338 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13339 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13342 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13343 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13344 const struct event_location
*location
,
13345 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13347 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13350 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13352 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13356 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13357 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13358 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13359 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13361 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13362 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13365 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13366 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13367 const struct event_location
*location
,
13368 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13370 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13371 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13374 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13376 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13379 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13381 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13383 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13384 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13386 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13387 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13388 3 - disconnect from target 1
13389 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13391 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13392 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13393 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13394 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13395 it all the time. */
13396 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13397 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13400 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13403 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13405 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13406 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
13408 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13411 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13414 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13415 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13416 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13417 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13418 address are all handled. */
13421 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13423 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13424 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13425 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13427 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13428 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13429 condition not be evaluated. */
13432 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13433 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13434 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13435 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13436 commands here throws. */
13437 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13438 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13439 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13441 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13443 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13444 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13446 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13449 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13453 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13454 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13455 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13457 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13458 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13460 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13462 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13463 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13465 str
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13466 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
13467 canonical
->location
= new_linespec_location (&str
);
13468 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13471 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13472 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13476 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13477 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13478 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13479 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13480 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13481 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13483 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13484 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13485 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13486 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13488 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
13490 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13491 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13492 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13493 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13494 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13495 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13497 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
13499 event_location_up location
13500 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13502 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
13503 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
13504 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13505 std::move (cond_string
),
13506 std::move (extra_string
),
13507 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13508 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13509 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13510 canonical
->special_display
);
13511 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13512 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13513 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13514 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13515 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13516 corresponds to this one */
13517 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13519 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13523 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13524 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13525 const struct event_location
*location
,
13526 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13528 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13529 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13531 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13532 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13534 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13539 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13542 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13545 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13547 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13550 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13554 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13556 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13558 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13560 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13561 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13564 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13565 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13566 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13567 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13568 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13571 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13572 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13573 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13574 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13576 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13579 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13580 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13581 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13583 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13584 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13586 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13587 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13588 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13589 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13593 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13595 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13596 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13597 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13598 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13599 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13602 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13603 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13604 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13605 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13607 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13609 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13610 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13612 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13613 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13615 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13619 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13621 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13622 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13623 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13624 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13625 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13626 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13627 commands won't work. */
13629 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13631 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13632 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13633 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13634 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13635 might be better design to have location completely
13636 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13637 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13639 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13640 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13641 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13646 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13648 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint
*) b
);
13652 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13654 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13657 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13658 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13661 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13662 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13666 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13671 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13673 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13674 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13676 if (next
== related
)
13678 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13679 function (related
, data
);
13681 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13682 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13687 function (related
, data
);
13691 while (related
!= b
);
13695 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13697 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13700 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13701 delete_breakpoint. */
13704 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13706 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13710 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13712 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13718 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13720 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13721 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13722 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13723 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13724 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13726 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13730 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13732 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13734 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13735 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13736 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13740 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13743 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13744 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13748 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13750 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13752 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13753 if ((pspace
== NULL
13754 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13755 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13756 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13761 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13762 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13763 Null names are ignored. */
13766 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13768 struct bp_location
*l
;
13769 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13770 (int (*) (const void *,
13771 const void *)) streq
,
13772 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13774 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13777 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13779 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13783 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13785 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13789 htab_delete (htab
);
13795 htab_delete (htab
);
13799 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13800 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13801 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13802 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13803 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13804 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13805 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13806 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13809 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13810 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13811 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13812 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13813 in the sources, and output a warning.
13815 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13816 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13817 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13818 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13819 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13822 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13823 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13824 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13825 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13826 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13827 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13828 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13829 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13830 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13832 static struct symtab_and_line
13833 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13835 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13836 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13841 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13843 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13845 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13846 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13848 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13850 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13851 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13852 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13857 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13859 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13861 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13862 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13864 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13867 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13869 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13871 struct symbol
*sym
;
13872 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13873 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13874 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13876 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13878 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13879 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13881 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13882 "found at previous line number"),
13883 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13885 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13886 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13887 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13890 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13891 uiout
->text (" at ");
13893 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13894 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13897 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13899 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13901 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13904 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
13905 uiout
->text ("\n");
13907 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13908 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13910 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13911 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13912 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13913 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13914 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13915 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13916 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13918 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13921 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13927 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13928 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13931 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13935 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13938 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13941 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13948 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13954 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13955 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13956 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13958 static struct bp_location
*
13959 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13961 struct bp_location head
;
13962 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13963 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13964 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13966 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13977 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13992 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13993 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13994 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13995 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13999 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14000 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
14001 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
14002 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
14005 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
14007 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
14009 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14011 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14012 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14013 "multiple locations found\n"),
14018 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14019 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14020 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14021 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14022 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14023 individual locations. */
14024 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
14027 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
14029 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
14031 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14033 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
14035 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
14037 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14039 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14043 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14046 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
14047 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
14050 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14052 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14053 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14054 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14055 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14060 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
14062 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
14064 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14068 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14071 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14072 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14073 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14074 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14075 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14076 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14077 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14079 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14081 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14083 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14084 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14086 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14087 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14095 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14096 if (l
->function_name
14097 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14107 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14108 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14111 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14112 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14114 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
14115 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
14116 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
14118 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14120 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14122 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
14126 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
14128 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14130 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14134 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14135 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14136 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14137 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14138 state, then user already saw the message about that
14139 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14141 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14142 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14144 && search_pspace
!= NULL
14145 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
14146 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14147 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14148 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14149 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14151 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14153 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14154 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14155 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14156 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14157 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14158 which approach is better. */
14159 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14160 throw_exception (e
);
14165 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14167 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
14168 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
14169 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
14171 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14174 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
[0].pc
,
14175 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14177 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
14179 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14180 b
->thread
= thread
;
14184 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
14185 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14187 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14190 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14191 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
14201 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14202 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14206 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14208 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
14209 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
14212 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
14213 filter_pspace
, &found
);
14215 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
14217 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
14219 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
14220 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
14221 filter_pspace
, &found
);
14223 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
14226 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14229 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14230 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14233 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
14234 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14235 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14237 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14240 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14241 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14245 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14246 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14247 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
14248 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
14249 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14250 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14252 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14253 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14254 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14255 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14257 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
14258 std::move (cond_string
),
14259 std::move (extra_string
),
14260 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14261 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14262 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14265 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14266 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14268 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
14269 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14270 const struct event_location
*location
,
14271 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
14273 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14275 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
14276 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14277 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14280 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14281 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
14283 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
14285 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
14286 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
14291 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14293 static struct cleanup
*
14294 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14296 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14297 set_language (b
->language
);
14299 return make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
14302 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14303 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14304 Unused in this case. */
14307 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14309 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14310 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14311 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14313 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14314 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14315 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14319 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
14320 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
14323 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14325 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14326 enum language save_language
;
14327 int save_input_radix
;
14329 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14330 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14333 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
14335 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
14336 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
14337 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
14338 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
14340 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14342 /* Format possible error msg. */
14343 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14345 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14346 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14347 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14349 set_language (save_language
);
14350 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14352 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14355 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14356 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14357 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14358 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14360 /* Now we can insert. */
14361 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14364 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14366 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14367 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14369 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14371 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14373 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14374 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14376 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14377 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14378 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14380 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14384 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14385 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14386 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14389 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14391 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14396 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14397 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14399 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14401 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14402 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14407 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14411 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14412 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14414 else if (count
== 1)
14415 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14418 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14419 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14422 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14426 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14429 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14432 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14438 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14440 num
= get_number (&p
);
14442 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14444 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14446 set_ignore_count (num
,
14447 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14450 printf_filtered ("\n");
14453 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14454 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14457 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14458 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14463 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14465 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14466 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14468 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14470 while (!parser
.finished ())
14472 const char *p
= parser
.cur_tok ();
14473 bool match
= false;
14475 num
= parser
.get_number ();
14478 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14482 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14483 if (b
->number
== num
)
14486 function (b
, data
);
14490 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14495 static struct bp_location
*
14496 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14498 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14502 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14503 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14508 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14510 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14512 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14513 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14518 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14519 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14522 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14524 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14528 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14531 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14537 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14538 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14539 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14542 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14544 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14545 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14546 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14547 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14550 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14552 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14553 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14555 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14556 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14558 struct bp_location
*location
;
14560 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14561 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14564 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14566 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14569 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14572 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14574 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14577 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14578 disable_breakpoint. */
14581 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14583 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14587 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14591 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14593 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14594 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14595 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14599 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14603 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14605 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14612 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14614 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14615 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14616 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14617 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14619 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14622 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14623 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14629 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14632 int target_resources_ok
;
14634 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14637 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14638 target_resources_ok
=
14639 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14641 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14642 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14643 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14644 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14647 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14649 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14650 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14654 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14656 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14657 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14658 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14660 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14662 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14663 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14670 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14672 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14673 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14675 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14676 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14678 struct bp_location
*location
;
14680 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14681 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14684 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14685 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14686 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14688 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14693 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14695 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14699 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14701 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14704 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14705 enable_breakpoint. */
14708 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14710 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14713 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14714 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14715 in stopping the inferior. */
14718 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14722 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14724 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14725 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14726 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14730 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14734 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14736 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14743 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14745 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14746 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14747 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14748 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14750 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14753 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14754 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14759 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14769 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14771 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14773 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14777 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14779 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14781 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14785 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14787 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14791 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14793 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14795 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14799 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14804 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14806 count
= get_number (&args
);
14808 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14812 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14814 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14816 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14820 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14822 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14826 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14831 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14835 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14836 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14840 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14841 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14842 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14844 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14846 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14847 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14848 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14850 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14852 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14854 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14856 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14857 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14858 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14859 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14861 value_free (wp
->val
);
14869 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14872 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14873 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14876 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14877 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14878 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14880 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14882 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14883 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14886 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14888 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14889 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14890 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14892 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14895 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14898 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14900 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14901 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14903 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14905 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14907 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14908 struct address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14910 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14911 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14919 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14922 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14923 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14926 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14928 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14930 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14936 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14940 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14943 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14945 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14947 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14948 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14954 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14956 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14958 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14960 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14961 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14965 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14967 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14969 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14971 if (location
!= NULL
14972 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
14973 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14975 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14977 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14979 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14981 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14982 0 /* Ignore count */,
14983 pending_break_support
,
14987 0 /* internal */, 0);
14991 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14993 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14995 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14997 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14999 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15000 0 /* Ignore count */,
15001 pending_break_support
,
15002 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15005 0 /* internal */, 0);
15008 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15011 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15013 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15014 event_location_up location
;
15015 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15017 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15018 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15019 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
15021 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15022 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
);
15026 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15027 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15030 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15032 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15034 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15035 0 /* Ignore count */,
15036 pending_break_support
,
15040 0 /* internal */, 0);
15043 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15044 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15046 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15047 static int next_cmd
;
15050 read_uploaded_action (void)
15054 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15061 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15062 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15063 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15064 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15065 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15067 struct tracepoint
*
15068 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15070 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15071 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15073 if (utp
->at_string
)
15074 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15077 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15078 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15079 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15081 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15082 "source location, using raw address"),
15084 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15085 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15088 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15089 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15090 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15091 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15094 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
15096 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15098 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
15099 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15101 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15102 0 /* Ignore count */,
15103 pending_break_support
,
15104 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15106 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15108 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15111 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15112 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15113 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15117 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15120 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15123 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15124 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15125 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15127 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15129 command_line_up cmd_list
;
15134 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15136 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
15138 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15139 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15140 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15141 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15144 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15145 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15146 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15151 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15155 info_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15157 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15160 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15162 if (num_printed
== 0)
15164 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15165 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
15167 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15170 default_collect_info ();
15173 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15174 Not supported by all targets. */
15176 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15178 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15181 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15182 Not supported by all targets. */
15184 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15186 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15189 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15191 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15193 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15199 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15201 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15202 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15203 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15205 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15206 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15208 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15212 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15214 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15216 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15217 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15218 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15222 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15225 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15228 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15230 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15231 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (tp
);
15233 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15234 tp
->number
, count
);
15237 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15239 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15240 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15241 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15244 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15246 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15247 unsigned int count
;
15249 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15250 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15251 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15253 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15255 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15256 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15258 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15260 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15262 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15264 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15266 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15267 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15270 else if (*args
== '\0')
15272 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15274 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15278 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
15279 while (!parser
.finished ())
15281 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
15283 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15288 struct tracepoint
*
15289 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15291 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15293 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15294 if (t
->number
== num
)
15295 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15300 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15301 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15304 struct tracepoint
*
15305 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15307 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15309 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15311 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15313 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15320 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15321 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15322 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15323 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15325 struct tracepoint
*
15326 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15327 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
15329 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15331 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15333 if (parser
!= NULL
)
15335 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
15336 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
15338 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15339 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15341 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15345 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15346 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15349 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15353 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15354 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15356 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15359 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15364 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15366 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15367 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15370 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15372 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15375 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15376 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15377 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15381 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15382 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15384 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15386 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15388 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15389 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15391 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15392 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15394 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15395 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15398 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15399 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15404 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15406 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15408 /* We can stop searching. */
15415 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15419 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
15423 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
15424 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15425 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
15427 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15428 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15430 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15432 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15433 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15436 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15437 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15440 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15442 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15443 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15446 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15447 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15449 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15450 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15452 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15454 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15456 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15459 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15461 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15463 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15464 throw_exception (ex
);
15468 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15469 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15472 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15473 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15475 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15476 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15477 special, and not user visible. */
15478 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15480 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15483 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15485 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15489 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15490 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15493 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15496 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15499 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15501 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15504 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15507 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15509 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15512 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15514 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15515 all_tracepoints (void)
15517 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15518 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15520 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15522 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15529 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15530 locations used by several commands. */
15532 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15533 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15534 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15535 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15536 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15537 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15539 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15540 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15541 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15543 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15544 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15545 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15546 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15547 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15549 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15550 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15551 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15554 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15555 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15556 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15557 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15558 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15559 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15560 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15563 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15564 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15566 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15567 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15568 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15569 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15570 conditions are different.\n\
15572 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15574 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15575 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15577 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15578 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15581 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15582 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15583 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15584 void *user_data_catch
,
15585 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15587 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15589 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15591 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15592 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15593 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15595 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15597 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15598 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15599 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15603 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15605 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15606 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15607 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15610 struct breakpoint
*
15611 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15614 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15616 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15618 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15625 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15626 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15629 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15631 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15632 non-inline function. */
15633 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15639 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15640 have been inlined. */
15643 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15644 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15646 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15647 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15649 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15651 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15654 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15656 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15657 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15665 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15668 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15670 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15672 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15673 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15674 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15678 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15680 static int initialized
= 0;
15682 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15688 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15689 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15690 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15691 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15692 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15693 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15694 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15695 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15696 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15697 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15698 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15699 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15701 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15702 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15703 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15704 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15705 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15706 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15707 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15708 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15710 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15711 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15712 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15713 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15714 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15715 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15716 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15717 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15718 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15719 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15721 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15722 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15723 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15724 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15725 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15726 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15727 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15729 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15730 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15731 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15732 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15733 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15734 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15735 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15737 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15738 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15739 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15740 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15741 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15742 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15743 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15746 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15747 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15748 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15749 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15750 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15751 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15752 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15753 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15754 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15755 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15756 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15757 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15758 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15760 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15761 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15762 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15763 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15764 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15765 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15766 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15767 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15768 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15769 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15770 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15773 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15774 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15775 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15776 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15777 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15778 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15779 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15780 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15781 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15782 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15784 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15785 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15786 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15787 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15788 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15790 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15791 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15792 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15793 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15794 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15795 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15797 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15798 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15799 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15800 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15801 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15802 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15803 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15804 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15805 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15806 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15808 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15809 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15810 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15811 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15812 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15813 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15814 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15815 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15816 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15817 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15819 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15820 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15821 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15822 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15823 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15824 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15825 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15826 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15827 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15828 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15830 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15831 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15832 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15833 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15834 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15835 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15836 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15837 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15838 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15839 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15840 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15842 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15843 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15844 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15845 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15846 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15847 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15848 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15849 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15850 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15853 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15855 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15858 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15860 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15862 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15864 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15865 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15866 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15868 breakpoint_objfile_key
15869 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15871 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15872 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15873 before a breakpoint is set. */
15874 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15876 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15878 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15879 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15880 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15882 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15883 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15884 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15885 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15887 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15888 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15889 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15890 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15891 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15893 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15894 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15895 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15896 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15897 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15899 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15900 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15901 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15902 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15903 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15905 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15906 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15908 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15909 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15910 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15911 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15913 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15914 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15916 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15917 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15918 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15919 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15921 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15922 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15924 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15925 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15926 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15927 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15928 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15929 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15930 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15932 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15934 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15935 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15936 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15937 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15938 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15939 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15941 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15942 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15943 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15946 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15947 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15948 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15951 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15952 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15953 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15954 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15957 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15958 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15959 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15962 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15963 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15964 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15967 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15968 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15969 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15970 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15973 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15974 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15975 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15976 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15977 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15978 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15979 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15980 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15982 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15983 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15984 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15985 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15986 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15987 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15990 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15991 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15992 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15993 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15995 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15996 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15997 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15998 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15999 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16001 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16002 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16003 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16004 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16005 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16008 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16009 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16010 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16012 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16013 is executing in.\n"
16014 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16015 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16016 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16018 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16019 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16020 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16021 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16023 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16024 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16025 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16026 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16030 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16031 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16032 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16033 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16034 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16035 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16036 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16037 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16038 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16039 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16040 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16041 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16042 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16043 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16044 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16045 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16047 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16048 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16049 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16050 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16051 breakpoint set."));
16054 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16055 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16056 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16057 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16058 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16059 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16060 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16061 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16062 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16064 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16065 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16066 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16067 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16068 breakpoint set."));
16070 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16072 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16073 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16074 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16075 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16076 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16077 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16078 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16079 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16080 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16081 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16082 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16083 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16084 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16086 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16087 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16088 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16089 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16091 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16093 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16094 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16095 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16096 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16098 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16099 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16100 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16101 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16103 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16104 catch_fork_command_1
,
16106 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16107 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16108 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16109 catch_fork_command_1
,
16111 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16112 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16113 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16114 catch_exec_command_1
,
16118 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16119 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16120 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16121 catch_load_command_1
,
16125 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16126 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16127 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16128 catch_unload_command_1
,
16133 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16134 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16135 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16136 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16137 an expression changes.\n\
16138 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16139 the memory to which it refers."));
16140 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16142 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16143 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16144 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16145 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16146 an expression is read.\n\
16147 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16148 the memory to which it refers."));
16149 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16151 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16152 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16153 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16154 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16155 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16156 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16157 the memory to which it refers."));
16158 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16160 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
16161 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16163 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16164 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16165 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16166 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16167 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16168 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16169 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16170 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16171 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16174 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16175 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16177 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16179 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16181 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16182 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16184 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16185 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16186 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16188 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16189 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16190 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16191 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16193 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16194 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16196 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16197 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16198 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16200 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16201 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16203 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16204 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16205 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16206 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16207 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16208 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16209 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16210 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16211 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16213 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16214 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16215 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16216 conditions are different.\n\
16218 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16219 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16220 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16222 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16223 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16224 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16225 last tracepoint set."));
16227 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16229 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16230 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16231 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16232 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16234 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16236 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16237 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16238 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16239 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16241 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16243 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16244 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16245 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16246 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16248 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16250 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16251 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16252 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16253 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16254 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16256 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16257 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16258 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16259 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16261 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16262 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16263 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16264 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16265 session to restore them."),
16267 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16269 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16270 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16271 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16273 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16275 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16276 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16278 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16279 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16280 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16281 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16282 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16283 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16284 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16285 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16286 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16287 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16288 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16289 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16291 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16292 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16293 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16294 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16295 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16296 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16297 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16298 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16300 show_pending_break_support
,
16301 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16302 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16304 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16306 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16307 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16308 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16309 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16310 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16311 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16312 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16314 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16315 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16316 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16318 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16319 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16320 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16321 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16322 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16323 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16324 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16325 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16326 when execution stops."),
16328 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16329 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16330 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16332 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16333 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16334 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16335 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16336 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16337 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16338 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16339 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16340 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16341 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16342 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16343 be set to \"gdb\""),
16344 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16345 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16346 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16347 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16349 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16350 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16351 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16352 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16353 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16354 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16355 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16356 or the start of the range\n\
16357 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16358 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16359 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16361 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16362 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16363 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16365 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16366 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16367 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16368 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16369 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16370 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16372 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16373 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16374 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16375 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16376 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16377 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16378 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16379 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16380 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16381 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16382 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16383 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16385 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16386 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16387 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16388 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16389 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16390 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16391 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16393 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16394 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16395 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16396 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16397 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16398 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16399 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16401 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16402 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16403 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16404 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16405 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16406 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16409 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16411 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16412 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16413 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16415 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16417 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16418 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);